TWI552609B - Meta channel based media system control technology - Google Patents

Meta channel based media system control technology Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI552609B
TWI552609B TW099103435A TW99103435A TWI552609B TW I552609 B TWI552609 B TW I552609B TW 099103435 A TW099103435 A TW 099103435A TW 99103435 A TW99103435 A TW 99103435A TW I552609 B TWI552609 B TW I552609B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
content
meta
channel
user
channels
Prior art date
Application number
TW099103435A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201130308A (en
Inventor
傑克H 張
威廉H 薛
雪爾曼 杜恩
Original Assignee
普爾帕康有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US12/366,372 external-priority patent/US8726310B2/en
Priority claimed from US12/366,350 external-priority patent/US8402497B2/en
Priority claimed from US12/366,394 external-priority patent/US8375409B2/en
Priority claimed from US12/366,337 external-priority patent/US8458746B2/en
Application filed by 普爾帕康有限公司 filed Critical 普爾帕康有限公司
Publication of TW201130308A publication Critical patent/TW201130308A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI552609B publication Critical patent/TWI552609B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/21Server components or server architectures
    • H04N21/222Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end
    • H04N21/2225Local VOD servers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/23Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
    • H04N21/231Content storage operation, e.g. caching movies for short term storage, replicating data over plural servers, prioritizing data for deletion
    • H04N21/23106Content storage operation, e.g. caching movies for short term storage, replicating data over plural servers, prioritizing data for deletion involving caching operations
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/23Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
    • H04N21/234Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing of video streams or manipulating encoded video stream scene graphs
    • H04N21/23418Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing of video streams or manipulating encoded video stream scene graphs involving operations for analysing video streams, e.g. detecting features or characteristics
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/80Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
    • H04N21/81Monomedia components thereof
    • H04N21/812Monomedia components thereof involving advertisement data

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Description

基於元頻道媒體系統之控制技術Control technology based on meta channel media system

本發明大體而言係關於媒體器件控制。本申請案主張2009年2月5日申請之美國專利申請案第12/366,337號、2009年2月5日申請之美國專利申請案第12/366,350號、2009年2月5日申請之美國專利申請案第12/366,372號及2009年2月5日申請之美國專利申請案第12/366,394號之優先權。此等申請案中之每一者的揭示內容以引用的方式併入本文中。The invention generally relates to media device control. U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/366,337, filed on Feb. 5, 2009, and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/366,350, filed on Feb. 5, 2009, filed on February 5, 2009 Priority is claimed in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/366,394, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The disclosure of each of these applications is incorporated herein by reference.

電視觀眾現今接觸到極大量之資訊,且受到管理此大量資訊所需的互動程度及個人化程度之挑戰。在數位電視時代中,使用者可能分辨不清一系列技術,包括傳統類比電視、DVR(數位視訊記錄器)、PVR(個人視訊記錄器)、媒體中心、基於EPG(電子節目指南)之系統、網際網路相關內容及傳統遙控器件。TV viewers are now exposed to a vast amount of information and are challenged by the level of interaction and personalization required to manage this vast amount of information. In the digital TV era, users may not be able to distinguish a range of technologies, including traditional analog TV, DVR (digital video recorder), PVR (Personal Video Recorder), media center, EPG (Electronic Program Guide) based system, Internet related content and traditional remote control devices.

在一態樣中,一種基於元頻道資訊控制一媒體系統之方法包括將定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於電子儲存器中,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之次序。該多個元頻道至少包括一多源元頻道,該多源元頻道至少包括與由一第一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項。該方法亦包括接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中之一元頻道之一選擇及自該電子儲存器存取對應於該選定元頻道之元頻道資訊。該方法進一步包括基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之一內容輸入項,及控制一媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容。In one aspect, a method for controlling a media system based on meta-channel information includes storing meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels in an electronic storage, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content input items and indicating experiencing the content Enter the order of the items. The plurality of meta-channels includes at least one multi-source channel, the multi-source channel including at least a first content input item related to the first content broadcast by a first content provider at a specific time The second content provider responds to the user request to make a second content entry related to the second content available via a network. The method also includes receiving a meta channel information corresponding to one of the plurality of meta channels defined by the meta channel information and accessing the electronic channel from the electronic memory corresponding to the selected meta channel. The method further includes mapping the selection of the meta channel to a content entry defined by the selected meta channel based on the accessed meta channel information corresponding to the selected meta channel, and controlling a media system to be based on the mapping The content entry to the selected meta channel is used to visualize the content.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該選定元頻道可為該多源元頻道,且可將對該多源元頻道之該選擇映射至與由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的該第一內容輸入項。在此實例中,可控制包括於該媒體系統中之一接收器以接收由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播之該第一內容,且控制包括於該媒體系統中之一顯示器件以顯現由該接收器接收之該第一內容之一顯示。另外,該方法可包括偵測由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播的該第一內容之一結束,及回應於偵測到由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播的該第一內容之該結束,將該第二內容輸入項識別為由該多源元頻道定義之下一個內容輸入項。回應於將該第二內容輸入項識別為由該多源元頻道定義之下一個內容輸入項,可無使用者干預地自動控制該媒體系統以基於與由該第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由網路獲得之第二內容有關的該第二內容輸入項來顯現內容。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the selected meta channel can be the multi-source channel, and the selection of the multi-source channel can be mapped to the first content that is broadcast by the first content provider at the particular time. The first content entry. In this example, one of the receivers included in the media system can be controlled to receive the first content broadcast by the first content provider at the specific time, and control is included in one of the display devices of the media system Displaying one of the first content received by the receiver is displayed. Additionally, the method can include detecting an end of the first content broadcast by the first content provider at the particular time, and in response to detecting the first broadcast by the first content provider at the particular time The end of a content, the second content entry is identified as defining a next content entry by the multi-source channel. In response to identifying the second content entry as defining a content entry by the multi-source channel, the media system can be automatically controlled without user intervention to respond to the user by the second content provider The request causes the second content entry related to the second content available via the network to visualize the content.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括控制包括於該媒體系統中之一媒體配接器以向該第二內容提供者請求由該第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由網路獲得之該第二內容,及回應於該請求,控制該媒體配接器以在該媒體配接器處及自該第二內容提供者接收該第二內容。該方法亦可包括控制包括於該媒體系統中之該顯示器件以顯現由該媒體配接器接收之該第二內容之一顯示。在此等實例中,該多源元頻道可至少包括與由一電視內容提供者於特定時間經由一電視網路在一特定電視頻道上廣播之電視視訊有關的一第一內容輸入項,及與由一遠端伺服器回應於使用者請求而經由網際網路播送之網際網路視訊有關的一第二內容輸入項,可將該接收器調諧至該特定電視頻道,可控制該媒體配接器以經由網際網路向該遠端伺服器請求由該遠端伺服器播送之該網際網路視訊,且可控制該媒體配接器以經由網際網路自該遠端伺服器下載該網際網路視訊且解碼該所下載之網際網路視訊。In some examples, the method can include controlling a media adapter included in the media system to request the second content provider to be made available via the network in response to the user request by the second content provider The second content, and in response to the request, controls the media adapter to receive the second content at the media adapter and from the second content provider. The method can also include controlling the display device included in the media system to visualize display of one of the second content received by the media adapter. In such instances, the multi-source channel can include at least a first content entry associated with television video broadcast by a television content provider over a television network over a particular television channel at a particular time, and A second content input related to the Internet video broadcasted by the remote server in response to the user request, the receiver can be tuned to the specific television channel, and the media adapter can be controlled Requesting, by the internet server, the internet server broadcasted by the remote server to the remote server, and controlling the media adapter to download the internet video from the remote server via the internet network And decoding the downloaded internet video.

在一些實施中,該方法可包括接收使用者輸入以自包括於該多個元頻道中之一第一元頻道切換至包括於該多個元頻道中之一第二元頻道,及識別包括於該媒體系統中之與當前由該第一元頻道定義之一第一內容輸入項有關的一第一內容源。該方法亦可包括識別包括於該媒體系統中之與當前由該第二元頻道定義之一第二內容輸入項有關的一第二內容源,及判定該第一內容源是否不同於該第二內容源。回應於判定該第一內容源不同於該第二內容源,可控制包括於該媒體系統中之一輸出器件以將該輸出器件之一輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自該第一源之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自該第二源之內容的一第二設定,且可控制該第二源以提供與該當前由該第二元頻道定義之第二內容輸入項有關的該內容。In some implementations, the method can include receiving user input to switch from one of the plurality of meta-channels to a second meta-channel included in the plurality of meta-channels, and identifying A first content source in the media system associated with a first content entry currently defined by the first meta channel. The method can also include identifying a second content source included in the media system associated with a second content entry currently defined by the second meta channel, and determining whether the first content source is different from the second Content source. In response to determining that the first content source is different from the second content source, controlling an output device included in the media system to set an input source of the output device from being configured to visualize the source from the first source A first setting of content is changed to a second setting configured to visualize content from the second source, and the second source can be controlled to provide a second content input that is currently defined by the second meta channel The item related to this item.

在此等實施中,回應於判定該第一內容源係相同於該第二內容源,可控制該輸出器件以維持該輸出器件之一輸入源設定,且可控制該第一源以提供與該當前由該第二元頻道定義之第二內容輸入項有關的該內容。此外,該方法可包括:識別一電視接收器,其經組態以經由多個頻道自多個提供者接收廣播電視節目且基於對一特定頻道之使用者選擇輸出對應於經由該特定頻道廣播之電視節目的一第一視訊信號;及識別一網際網路數位媒體配接器,其經組態以經由網際網路向播送網際網路視訊內容之一遠端視訊伺服器請求網際網路視訊內容、經由網際網路自該遠端視訊伺服器下載該網際網路視訊內容且輸出一對應於自該遠端視訊伺服器下載的該網際網路視訊內容之第二視訊信號。該方法亦可包括控制該輸出器件以將該輸出器件之該輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自輸出自該接收器之該第一視訊信號之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自輸出自該網際網路數位媒體配接器之該第二視訊信號之內容的一第二設定,及控制該網際網路數位媒體配接器以使用該第二視訊信號提供與當前由該第二元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項有關的一網際網路視訊。In such implementations, in response to determining that the first content source is identical to the second content source, the output device can be controlled to maintain an input source setting of the output device, and the first source can be controlled to provide The content currently associated with the second content entry defined by the second meta channel. Moreover, the method can include identifying a television receiver configured to receive broadcast television programming from a plurality of providers via a plurality of channels and selecting to output based on a user of a particular channel corresponding to broadcasting via the particular channel a first video signal of the television program; and an internet digital media adapter configured to request Internet video content from a remote video server that broadcasts one of the Internet video content via the Internet, The internet video content is downloaded from the far end video server via the internet and outputs a second video signal corresponding to the internet video content downloaded from the far end video server. The method can also include controlling the output device to set the input source of the output device from being configured to visualize a first setting from the content of the first video signal output from the receiver to be configured to Presenting a second setting from the content of the second video signal output from the internet digital media adapter, and controlling the internet digital media adapter to provide and use the second video signal The second meta channel defines an internet video associated with the second content entry.

該方法可包括判定一後續內容輸入項係有關於在該後續內容輸入項定義將體驗的廣播內容之一時間之前廣播的廣播內容。回應於該後續內容輸入項係有關於在該後續內容輸入項定義該將體驗的廣播內容之該時間之前廣播的廣播內容有關的該判定,可控制該媒體系統以在廣播該廣播內容時對其進行記錄,可在該後續內容輸入項定義該將體驗的廣播內容之該時間無人為干預地自動控制該媒體系統以在選擇包括該後續內容輸入項之一元頻道時顯現該記錄內容。The method can include determining that a subsequent content entry is for broadcast content that is broadcast prior to one of the time when the subsequent content entry defines a broadcast content to be experienced. In response to the subsequent content entry being related to the broadcast content broadcast prior to the time at which the subsequent content input defines the broadcast content to be experienced, the media system can be controlled to broadcast the broadcast content Recording may be performed automatically at a time when the subsequent content entry defines the broadcast content to be experienced without the intervention to visualize the recorded content upon selection of a meta-channel comprising the subsequent content entry.

在一些實施中,該選定元頻道可包括與由一第一內容提供者於一第一時間經由一第一廣播頻道廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者於一第二時間經由一第二廣播頻道廣播之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項。該第二內容輸入項在該選定元頻道中可緊接在該第一內容輸入項之後。在此等實施中,該方法可包括將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至與由該第一內容提供者於該第一時間廣播之第一內容有關的該第一內容輸入項,及控制包括於該媒體系統中之一接收器以接收由該第一內容提供者經由該第一廣播頻道廣播的該第一內容且將由該第一內容提供者經由該第一廣播頻道廣播的該第一內容輸出至一顯示器件。此外,在此等實施中,該方法可包括偵測在該第二時間保持選擇該選定元頻道。回應於偵測到在該第二時間保持選擇該選定元頻道,可無人為干預地自動控制該接收器以自該第一廣播頻道改變至該第二廣播頻道、接收由該第二內容提供者經由該第二廣播頻道廣播的該第二內容且將由該第二內容提供者經由該第二廣播頻道廣播的該第二內容輸出至該顯示器件。In some implementations, the selected meta-channel can include a first content input and a second content associated with the first content broadcast by a first content provider via a first broadcast channel at a first time The second content entry related to the second content broadcast by the provider via a second broadcast channel at a second time. The second content entry may be immediately after the first content entry in the selected meta channel. In such implementations, the method can include mapping the selection of the meta-channel to the first content entry related to the first content broadcast by the first content provider at the first time, and controlling comprises a receiver in the media system to receive the first content broadcast by the first content provider via the first broadcast channel and to be broadcast by the first content provider via the first broadcast channel Output to a display device. Moreover, in such implementations, the method can include detecting that the selected meta channel is maintained at the second time. In response to detecting that the selected meta channel is selected for the second time, the receiver can be automatically controlled without intervention to change from the first broadcast channel to the second broadcast channel and receive by the second content provider The second content broadcasted via the second broadcast channel and the second content broadcast by the second content provider via the second broadcast channel is output to the display device.

另外,該方法可包括自一特定使用者接收對該元頻道之該選擇,及判定由該選定元頻道定義之內容輸入項為映射至多個可能內容輸入項之一可動態組態之內容輸入項。該方法亦可包括存取該特定使用者之偏好,及基於該特定使用者之該等所存取之偏好而自該多個可能內容輸入項中選擇該可動態組態之內容輸入項之一單一內容輸入項。Additionally, the method can include receiving the selection of the meta-channel from a particular user, and determining that the content entry defined by the selected meta-channel is a dynamically configurable content entry mapped to one of a plurality of possible content inputs . The method can also include accessing the preferences of the particular user, and selecting one of the dynamically configurable content inputs from the plurality of possible content inputs based on the accessed preferences of the particular user Single content entry.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括自一特定使用者接收對一可動態組態之元頻道之一選擇,及判定該可動態組態之元頻道定義至少兩個內容輸入項,該至少兩個內容輸入項之次序可動態地組態。在此等實例中,該方法可包括存取該特定使用者之偏好、基於該特定使用者之該等所存取之偏好判定該至少兩個內容輸入項之一次序,及基於該所判定之次序,自該至少兩個內容輸入項中選擇該可動態組態之元頻道之對應於當接收到該選擇時的一時間之一單一內容輸入項。該方法可進一步包括使用該所判定之次序來定義何時將體驗未選擇的該至少兩個內容輸入項,及控制該媒體系統以基於在使用該所判定次序定義之一後續時間未選擇的該至少兩個內容輸入項來顯現內容。In some examples, the method can include receiving a selection of a dynamically configurable meta-channel from a particular user, and determining that the dynamically configurable meta-channel defines at least two content inputs, the at least two The order of the content inputs can be configured dynamically. In such instances, the method can include accessing the preferences of the particular user, determining an order of the at least two content inputs based on the accessed preferences of the particular user, and based on the determined An order from which the one of the dynamically configurable meta-channels corresponding to the one of the at least two content inputs corresponds to a single content entry when the selection is received. The method can further include using the determined order to define when the at least two content inputs that are not selected are to be experienced, and controlling the media system to be based on the at least one of the subsequent times of using the determined order definition Two content inputs to visualize the content.

在一些實施中,該選定元頻道可包括定義一內容相關事件之一內容中斷,該內容中斷在被偵測到時觸發對應於該內容相關事件之內容對當前由該媒體系統顯現之內容的代替。在此等實施中,該方法可包括:在由該選定元頻道定義之內容之顯現期間,偵測由該內容中斷定義之該內容相關事件;回應於偵測到該內容相關事件,識別對應於該內容相關事件之內容;及控制該媒體系統以自顯現由該選定元頻道定義之該內容改變至顯現對應於該內容相關事件之該內容。該方法亦可包括偵測對應於該內容相關事件之該內容的完成,及控制該媒體系統以恢復顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。在此等實施中,該方法可包括偵測由該內容中斷定義的一特定類型之一網際網路視訊已於網際網路上發布,及偵測由該內容中斷定義之一特定事件出現在不同於當前由該選定元頻道定義之內容的廣播內容中。In some implementations, the selected meta-channel can include defining a content interruption of a content-related event that, when detected, triggers a replacement of content corresponding to the content-related event for content currently presented by the media system . In such implementations, the method can include detecting, during the presentation of the content defined by the selected meta-channel, the content-related event defined by the content interruption; in response to detecting the content-related event, the identifying corresponds to The content of the content-related event; and controlling the media system to change from the content defined by the selected meta-channel to the content corresponding to the content-related event. The method can also include detecting completion of the content corresponding to the content related event, and controlling the media system to resume rendering the content defined by the selected meta channel. In such implementations, the method can include detecting that a particular type of Internet video defined by the content interruption has been posted on the Internet, and detecting that a particular event defined by the content interruption occurs differently The broadcast content of the content currently defined by the selected meta channel.

該方法可包括使一遙控器將控制一源器件接收該內容且將該內容提供至一輸出器件之一第一信號發送至該源器件,及使該遙控器將控制該輸出器件輸入並顯現由該源器件提供的該內容之一第二信號發送至該輸出器件。該方法亦可包括經由一網路使用一第一通信協定發送用於一遙控器之經組態以本端地控制該媒體系統之一控制命令,及經由該網路於該遙控器處接收該控制命令。基於接收到該控制命令,可使用該遙控器且使用不同於該第一通信協定之一第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項定義之內容的一信號發送至該媒體系統。The method can include causing a remote control to control a source device to receive the content and provide the content to an output device for transmitting a first signal to the source device, and causing the remote controller to control the output device input and display A second signal of the content provided by the source device is sent to the output device. The method can also include transmitting, via a network, a first communication protocol for configuring a remote control to locally control a control command of the media system, and receiving the remote control via the network control commands. Receiving the control command, the remote controller can be used and using a second communication protocol different from the first communication protocol, the media system is caused to output one of the content defined by the content input item mapped to the selected meta channel The signal is sent to the media system.

在一些實例中,映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項可為一第一內容輸入項,且該控制命令可為一第一控制命令。在此等實例中,該方法可包括判定由該選定元頻道定義之該第一內容輸入項何時結束及由該選定元頻道定義之一第二內容輸入項何時開始。該第二內容輸入項可定義由不同於由該第一內容輸入項定義之內容之一源的一內容源提供之內容。回應於由該選定元頻道定義之第一內容輸入項已結束且由該選定元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項正開始之一判定,可經由該網路使用該第一通信協定發送用於該遙控器之一第二控制命令。該第二控制命令可為用以顯現由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一命令。在此等實例中,該方法可包括經由該網路於該遙控器處接收該第二控制命令,及基於接收到該第二控制命令,使用該遙控器且使用該第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一信號發送至該媒體系統。In some examples, the content entry mapped to the selected meta channel can be a first content entry, and the control command can be a first control command. In such examples, the method can include determining when the first content entry defined by the selected meta channel ends and when the second content entry is defined by the selected meta channel. The second content entry can define content provided by a content source that is different from one of the sources defined by the first content input. Responding to a determination that the first content entry defined by the selected meta-channel has ended and the second content entry defined by the selected meta-channel is beginning, may be sent via the network using the first communication protocol for One of the remote controls is a second control command. The second control command can be a command to visualize content provided by the content source associated with the second content input. In such examples, the method can include receiving the second control command at the remote control via the network, and based on receiving the second control command, using the remote controller and using the second communication protocol to cause the The media system output is signaled to the media system by one of the content provided by the content source associated with the second content input.

該方法可包括自一遙控器接收基於一使用者對該遙控器之操縱而選擇一特定頻道號碼之一選擇命令,及自各自與一特定使用者相關聯之多個遙控器中識別自其接收該選擇命令的該遙控器。基於對該遙控器之該識別,可判定與該遙控器相關聯之一使用者之一識別碼,且基於該使用者之該所判定之識別碼,可將來自該選擇命令之該特定頻道號碼映射至對應於與該遙控器相關聯之該使用者之該特定頻道號碼的一元頻道。可將該特定頻道號碼映射至與該多個遙控器中之另一者相關聯之至少一使用者的一不同頻道。The method can include receiving a selection command from a remote control to select a particular channel number based on manipulation by a user of the remote control, and identifying from a plurality of remote controls associated with a particular user The remote control of the selection command. Based on the identification of the remote controller, one of the user identification codes associated with the remote controller may be determined, and based on the determined identification code of the user, the specific channel number from the selection command may be A meta-channel mapped to the particular channel number corresponding to the user associated with the remote control. The particular channel number can be mapped to a different channel of at least one user associated with the other of the plurality of remote controls.

在另一態樣中,一種系統包括至少一電子儲存器件,該至少一電子儲存器件經組態以儲存定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之次序。該多個元頻道至少包括一多源元頻道,該多源元頻道至少包括與由一第一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項。該系統亦包括至少一處理器,該至少一處理器經組態以執行包含以下各者之操作:接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中之一元頻道之一選擇;及自該電子儲存器件存取對應於該選定元頻道之元頻道資訊。該等操作亦包括基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之一內容輸入項,及控制一媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容。In another aspect, a system includes at least one electronic storage device configured to store meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels, the plurality of meta-channels identifying a content input and indicating an experience The order in which the content is entered. The plurality of meta-channels includes at least one multi-source channel, the multi-source channel including at least a first content input item related to the first content broadcast by a first content provider at a specific time The second content provider responds to the user request to make a second content entry related to the second content available via a network. The system also includes at least one processor configured to perform operations comprising: receiving a selection of one of a plurality of meta-channels included in the plurality of meta-channels defined by the meta-channel information; And accessing the meta channel information corresponding to the selected meta channel from the electronic storage device. The operations also include mapping the selection of the meta channel to a content entry defined by the selected meta channel based on the accessed meta channel information corresponding to the selected meta channel, and controlling a media system based on The content entry mapped to the selected meta channel is used to visualize the content.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該系統可包括一元頻道伺服器系統及經組態以本端地控制該媒體系統之一遙控器。在此實例中,控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容可由該元頻道伺服器系統及該遙控器執行。該元頻道伺服器系統可經組態以經由一網路使用一第一通信協定發送用於該遙控器之一控制命令,且該遙控器可經組態以經由該網路接收該控制命令,且基於接收到該控制命令,使用不同於該第一通信協定之一第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項定義之內容的一信號發送至該媒體系統。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the system can include a one-way channel server system and a remote control configured to centrally control the media system. In this example, controlling the media system to visualize content based on the content input mapped to the selected meta-channel can be performed by the meta-channel server system and the remote control. The meta-channel server system can be configured to transmit a control command for the remote control via a network using a first communication protocol, and the remote control can be configured to receive the control command via the network, And based on receiving the control command, using a second communication protocol different from the one of the first communication protocols, the media system outputs a signal to the media content defined by the content input item mapped to the selected meta channel. system.

在一些實例中,映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項可為一第一內容輸入項,且該控制命令為一第一控制命令。在此等實例中,該元頻道伺服器系統可經組態以判定由該選定元頻道定義之該第一內容輸入項何時結束及由該選定元頻道定義之一第二內容輸入項何時開始。該第二內容輸入項可定義由不同於由該第一內容輸入項定義之內容之一源的一內容源提供之內容。回應於由該選定元頻道定義之第一內容輸入項已結束且由該選定元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項正開始之一判定,該元頻道伺服器系統可經組態以經由該網路使用該第一通信協定發送用於該遙控器之一第二控制命令。該第二控制命令可為用以顯現由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一命令。該遙控器可經組態以經由該網路接收該第二控制命令,且基於接收到該第二控制命令,使用該第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一信號發送至該媒體系統。In some examples, the content entry mapped to the selected meta channel can be a first content entry and the control command is a first control command. In such instances, the meta channel server system can be configured to determine when the first content entry defined by the selected meta channel ends and when the second content entry is defined by the selected meta channel. The second content entry can define content provided by a content source that is different from one of the sources defined by the first content input. In response to determining that the first content entry defined by the selected meta channel has ended and the second content entry defined by the selected meta channel is beginning, the meta channel server system can be configured to pass via the network The road transmits a second control command for the remote controller using the first communication protocol. The second control command can be a command to visualize content provided by the content source associated with the second content input. The remote controller can be configured to receive the second control command via the network, and based on receiving the second control command, using the second communication protocol to cause the media system output to be associated with the second content entry One of the content provided by the content source is signaled to the media system.

在一些實施中,該系統可包括一元頻道伺服器系統及各自經組態以本端地控制該媒體系統且各自與一特定使用者相關聯的多個遙控器。該元頻道伺服器系統可經組態以自一遙控器接收基於一使用者對該遙控器之操縱而選擇一特定頻道號碼之一選擇命令,且自該多個遙控器中識別自其接收該選擇命令的該遙控器。基於對該遙控器之該識別,該元頻道伺服器系統可經組態以判定與該遙控器相關聯之一使用者之一識別碼,且基於該使用者之該所判定識別碼,將來自該選擇命令之該特定頻道號碼映射至對應於與該遙控器相關聯之該使用者之該特定頻道號碼的一元頻道。可將該特定頻道號碼映射至與該多個遙控器中之另一者相關聯之至少一使用者的一不同頻道。In some implementations, the system can include a one-way channel server system and a plurality of remote controls each configured to locally control the media system and each associated with a particular user. The meta-channel server system can be configured to receive a selection command from a remote control based on a user's manipulation of the remote control and to identify from the plurality of remote controls Select the remote control for the command. Based on the identification of the remote control, the meta channel server system can be configured to determine an identification code of a user associated with the remote control, and based on the determined identification code of the user, The particular channel number of the selection command is mapped to a unary channel corresponding to the particular channel number of the user associated with the remote control. The particular channel number can be mapped to a different channel of at least one user associated with the other of the plurality of remote controls.

在又一態樣中,至少一電腦可讀儲存媒體編碼有包含指令之至少一電腦程式,該等指令在執行時操作以使一電腦執行多個操作。該等操作包括將定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於電子儲存器中,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之次序。該多個元頻道至少包括一多源元頻道,該多源元頻道至少包括與由一第一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項。該等操作亦包括接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中的一元頻道之一選擇及自該電子儲存器存取對應於該選定元頻道之元頻道資訊。該等操作進一步包括基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之一內容輸入項及控制一媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項顯現內容。In yet another aspect, the at least one computer readable storage medium is encoded with at least one computer program including instructions that, when executed, operate to cause a computer to perform a plurality of operations. The operations include storing meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels in an electronic storage, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content input items and indicating an order in which the content input items are experienced. The plurality of meta-channels includes at least one multi-source channel, the multi-source channel including at least a first content input item related to the first content broadcast by a first content provider at a specific time The second content provider responds to the user request to make a second content entry related to the second content available via a network. The operations also include receiving a meta channel information corresponding to one of the one of the plurality of meta channels defined by the meta channel information and accessing the electronic channel from the electronic memory corresponding to the selected meta channel. The operations further include mapping the selection of the meta channel to a content entry defined by the selected meta channel and controlling a media system based on the mapping based on the accessed meta channel information corresponding to the selected meta channel The content entry to the selected meta channel reveals the content.

在一態樣中,一種於處置廣告時控制一媒體系統之方法包括偵測由一使用者使用一媒體系統體驗之一選定內容頻道上之一廣告,及自電子儲存器存取該使用者之廣告偏好。該方法亦包括基於該使用者之該等所存取之廣告偏好選擇輔助內容、用該輔助內容代替該選定內容頻道上之該廣告,及控制該媒體系統以輸出該輔助內容,而非輸出該廣告。In one aspect, a method of controlling a media system when processing an advertisement includes detecting an advertisement on a selected content channel selected by a user using a media system experience, and accessing the user from the electronic storage device Advertising preferences. The method also includes selecting auxiliary content based on the accessed advertising preferences of the user, replacing the advertisement on the selected content channel with the auxiliary content, and controlling the media system to output the auxiliary content instead of outputting the ad.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該方法可包括:自電子儲存器存取該使用者之該等廣告偏好,其指示該使用者偏愛非廣告節目勝於至少一些廣告;及選擇提供於不同於該選定元頻道之一第一內容頻道上之非廣告節目。該方法亦可包括用該非廣告節目代替該廣告及控制該媒體系統以輸出提供於該第一內容頻道上之該非廣告節目,而非輸出提供於該選定內容頻道上之該廣告。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the method can include: accessing the advertisement preferences of the user from the electronic storage, indicating that the user prefers the non-advertising program to be better than the at least some advertisements; and selecting to provide the difference from the selected meta-channel A non-advertising program on a first content channel. The method can also include replacing the advertisement with the non-advertising program and controlling the media system to output the non-advertising program provided on the first content channel, rather than outputting the advertisement provided on the selected content channel.

該方法可包括自電子儲存器存取包括一內容頻道優先順序清單之廣告偏好及選擇在該內容頻道優先順序清單上排名最高且在偵測到該廣告時正提供非廣告節目的該內容頻道。該選定內容頻道可為在偵測到該廣告時定義對應於一廣播電視頻道之一選定內容輸入項的一選定元頻道,且該第一內容頻道為在偵測到該廣告時定義對應於一網際網路視訊之一第一內容輸入項的一第一元頻道。該方法亦可包括控制包括於該媒體系統中之一輸出器件以將該輸出器件之一輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自一輸出該廣播電視頻道之接收器之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自一輸出該網際網路視訊之媒體配接器之內容的一第二設定,及控制該媒體配接器以自一遠端伺服器下載該網際網路視訊、解碼該網際網路視訊且將該網際網路視訊輸出至該輸出器件。The method can include accessing an advertisement preference including a content channel prioritization list from the electronic storage and selecting the content channel that is highest ranked on the content channel priority list and that is providing a non-advertising program when the advertisement is detected. The selected content channel may define a selected meta channel corresponding to a selected content input of a broadcast television channel when the advertisement is detected, and the first content channel is defined to correspond to one when the advertisement is detected. One of the first meta-channels of the first content entry of the Internet video. The method can also include controlling an output device included in the media system to set an input source of the output device from a first configuration change configured to visualize content from a receiver outputting the broadcast television channel Up to a second setting configured to visualize content from a media adapter outputting the internet video, and controlling the media adapter to download the internet video from a remote server, decoding the Internet video and output the Internet video to the output device.

在一些實例中,該選定內容頻道可為在偵測到該廣告時定義對應於一選定廣播電視頻道之一選定內容輸入項的一選定元頻道,且該第一內容頻道可為在偵測到該廣告時定義對應於一第一廣播電視頻道之一第一內容輸入項的一第一元頻道。在此等實例中,該方法可包括控制包括於該媒體系統中之一接收器以自輸出該選定廣播電視頻道改變至輸出該第一廣播電視頻道。In some examples, the selected content channel can define a selected meta channel corresponding to a selected content entry of a selected broadcast television channel when the advertisement is detected, and the first content channel can be detected The advertisement defines a first meta channel corresponding to the first content entry of one of the first broadcast television channels. In such examples, the method can include controlling one of the receivers included in the media system to change from outputting the selected broadcast television channel to outputting the first broadcast television channel.

在一些實施中,該方法可包括自電子儲存器存取指示該使用者偏愛本地廣告且包括該使用者之地理位置資訊的該使用者之廣告偏好,及基於該使用者之該地理位置資訊選擇一本地廣告。在此等實施中,該方法可包括用該本地廣告代替該廣告,及控制該媒體系統以輸出該本地廣告,而非輸出提供於該選定內容頻道上之該廣告。此外,在此等實施中,該選定內容頻道可為在偵測到該廣告時定義對應於一廣播電視頻道之一內容輸入項的一元頻道。該本地廣告可由一元頻道服務提供者經由一網路播送。在此等實施中,該方法可包括控制包括於該媒體系統中之一輸出器件以將該輸出器件之一輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自一輸出該廣播電視頻道之接收器之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自輸出該本地廣告之一媒體配接器之內容的一第二設定,及控制該媒體配接器以自該元頻道服務提供者下載該本地廣告且將該本地廣告輸出至該輸出器件。In some implementations, the method can include accessing an advertisement preference of the user from the electronic storage indicating that the user prefers the local advertisement and including the location information of the user, and selecting based on the geographic location information of the user A local ad. In such implementations, the method can include replacing the advertisement with the local advertisement and controlling the media system to output the local advertisement instead of outputting the advertisement provided on the selected content channel. Moreover, in such implementations, the selected content channel can be a meta-channel that defines a content entry corresponding to one of the broadcast television channels when the advertisement is detected. The local advertisement can be broadcast via a network by a one-way channel service provider. In such implementations, the method can include controlling an output device included in the media system to set an input source of the output device from a configuration to visualize content from a receiver outputting the broadcast television channel. a first setting change to a second setting configured to visualize content from a media adapter that outputs the local advertisement, and controlling the media adapter to download the local advertisement from the meta channel service provider and The local advertisement is output to the output device.

該方法可包括自電子儲存器存取指示該使用者偏愛之至少一廣告類型的該使用者之廣告偏好,及基於該使用者偏愛之該至少一廣告類型自多個潛在廣告中選擇一偏愛的廣告。該方法亦可包括用該偏愛的廣告代替該廣告,及控制該媒體系統以輸出該偏愛的廣告,而非輸出提供於該選定內容頻道上之該廣告。該選定內容頻道可為在偵測到該廣告時定義對應於一廣播電視頻道之一內容輸入項的一元頻道,且該偏愛的廣告可由一元頻道服務提供者經由一網路播送。該方法進一步可包括控制包括於該媒體系統中之一輸出器件以將該輸出器件之一輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自輸出該廣播電視頻道之一接收器之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自輸出該偏愛的廣告之一媒體配接器之內容的一第二設定,及控制該媒體配接器以自該元頻道服務提供者下載該偏愛的廣告且將該偏愛的廣告輸出至該輸出器件。The method can include accessing an advertisement preference of the user indicating at least one advertisement type preferred by the user from the electronic storage, and selecting a preferred one of the plurality of potential advertisements based on the at least one advertisement type preferred by the user ad. The method can also include replacing the advertisement with the preferred advertisement and controlling the media system to output the preferred advertisement instead of outputting the advertisement provided on the selected content channel. The selected content channel may define a meta channel corresponding to one of the content items of a broadcast television channel when the advertisement is detected, and the preferred advertisement may be broadcast by the unary channel service provider via a network. The method can further include controlling an output device included in the media system to set an input source of the output device from a configuration to visualize a first setting change from content outputting one of the broadcast television channels Up to a second setting configured to present content from a media adapter that outputs the preferred advertisement, and controlling the media adapter to download the preferred advertisement from the meta-channel service provider and to prioritize The advertisement is output to the output device.

在一些實例中,該廣告可為包括具有一第一時間長度之視訊的基於視訊之一廣告。在此等實例中,該方法可包括選擇一包括具有一小於該第一時間長度的第二時間長度之視訊的替代之基於視訊之廣告及一非視訊廣告插播項(filler),及用該替代之基於視訊之廣告及該非視訊廣告插播項之一組合代替該選定內容頻道上之該廣告。該方法亦可包括控制該媒體系統以輸出該替代之基於視訊之廣告歷時該第二時間長度,及控制該媒體系統以輸出該非視訊廣告插播項歷時該第一時間長度之剩餘部分。在此等實例中,該方法可包括:在控制該媒體系統以輸出該非視訊廣告插播項歷時大於該第二時間長度之該第一時間長度之剩餘部分之後,控制該媒體系統以返回至輸出由該選定內容頻道定義之非廣告內容,使得該替代之基於視訊之廣告與該非視訊廣告插播項之該組合至非廣告內容之該返回對應於該基於視訊之廣告至非廣告內容之該返回。In some examples, the advertisement can be one of a video-based advertisement that includes video having a first length of time. In such instances, the method can include selecting an alternate video-based advertisement and a non-video advertisement insert having a second length of time less than the first length of time, and replacing the video with a filler The combination of the video-based advertisement and the non-video advertisement insertion item replaces the advertisement on the selected content channel. The method can also include controlling the media system to output the alternate video-based advertisement for a second length of time, and controlling the media system to output the remaining portion of the first length of time for the non-video advertisement insertion item. In such instances, the method can include controlling the media system to return to output after controlling the media system to output the non-video commercial interstitial item for a remainder of the first length of time greater than the second length of time The non-advertising content defined by the selected content channel causes the return of the combined video-based advertisement and the non-video commercial insertion item to the non-advertising content to correspond to the return of the video-based advertisement to the non-advertising content.

在另一態樣中,一種系統包括:至少一電子儲存器件,其經組態以儲存一使用者之廣告偏好;及至少一處理器,其經組態以執行包括以下各者之操作:偵測由該使用者使用一媒體系統體驗之一選定內容頻道上之一廣告;及自該電子儲存器件存取該使用者之該等廣告偏好。該等操作亦包括基於該使用者之該等所存取之廣告偏好選擇輔助內容、用該輔助內容代替該選定內容頻道上之該廣告,及控制該媒體系統以輸出該輔助內容,而非輸出該廣告。In another aspect, a system includes: at least one electronic storage device configured to store a user's advertising preferences; and at least one processor configured to perform operations including: detecting Measuring, by the user, one of the advertisements on the selected content channel using one of the media system experiences; and accessing the user's advertisement preferences from the electronic storage device. The operations also include selecting auxiliary content based on the user's accessed advertising preferences, replacing the advertisement on the selected content channel with the auxiliary content, and controlling the media system to output the auxiliary content instead of outputting The ad.

在又一態樣中,一種於處置廣告時控制一媒體系統之方法包括控制一媒體系統以在於由一使用者使用一媒體系統體驗之一選定內容頻道上偵測到廣告節目時輸出輔助內容,及監視該選定內容頻道上之該偵測到的廣告節目之完成。該方法亦包括存取該使用者之廣告返回偏好,及回應於基於該監視識別到該選定內容頻道上之該偵測到的廣告節目之完成,基於該使用者之該等廣告返回偏好控制該媒體系統。In another aspect, a method of controlling a media system when processing an advertisement includes controlling a media system to output auxiliary content when a user detects an advertisement on a selected content channel using one of the media system experiences, And monitoring the completion of the detected commercial on the selected content channel. The method also includes accessing an advertisement return preference of the user, and in response to determining completion of the detected advertisement program on the selected content channel based on the monitoring, controlling the advertisement based on the advertisement return preference of the user Media system.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該方法可包括控制該媒體系統以回應於識別到該選定內容頻道上之該偵測到的廣告節目之完成而立即返回至該選定內容頻道且顯現由該選定內容頻道定義之內容。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the method can include controlling the media system to immediately return to the selected content channel and visualize content defined by the selected content channel in response to identifying completion of the detected commercial on the selected content channel .

在一些實例中,該方法可包括控制該媒體系統以維持提供該輔助內容之一輔助內容頻道,直至偵測到該輔助內容頻道上之廣告節目。在此等實例中,回應於偵測到該輔助內容頻道上之廣告節目,可控制該媒體系統以返回至該選定內容頻道且顯現由該選定內容頻道定義之內容。In some examples, the method can include controlling the media system to maintain one of the auxiliary content providing the auxiliary content channel until the commercial on the auxiliary content channel is detected. In such instances, in response to detecting an advertisement on the secondary content channel, the media system can be controlled to return to the selected content channel and visualize the content defined by the selected content channel.

回應於偵測到該輔助內容頻道上之廣告節目,可存取包括一對將在偵測到廣告時提供的替代內容頻道排名之內容頻道優先順序清單的該使用者之廣告偏好,可選擇在該內容頻道優先順序清單上排名最高且在偵測到該輔助內容頻道上之該廣告時在提供非廣告節目的一返回內容頻道,且可控制該媒體系統以顯現由該返回內容頻道定義之內容。可選擇不同於該選定內容頻道之一返回內容頻道。In response to detecting an advertisement on the auxiliary content channel, accessing an advertisement preference of the user including a pair of content channel priority lists that will rank the alternate content channel provided when the advertisement is detected may be selected The content channel priority list is ranked highest and a return content channel of the non-advertising program is provided when the advertisement on the auxiliary content channel is detected, and the media system can be controlled to visualize the content defined by the return content channel . A different one of the selected content channels can be selected to return to the content channel.

該方法可包括控制該媒體系統以維持提供該輔助內容之一輔助內容頻道。該方法亦可包括控制該媒體系統以將指示該選定內容頻道上之該偵測到的廣告節目已完成之一通知提供至該使用者。The method can include controlling the media system to maintain an auxiliary content channel that provides one of the auxiliary content. The method can also include controlling the media system to provide a notification to the user that one of the detected commercials on the selected content channel has been completed.

在另一態樣中,一種系統包括:至少一電子儲存器件,其經組態以儲存一使用者之廣告返回偏好;及至少一處理器,其經組態以執行包括以下操作之操作:控制一媒體系統以在於由一使用者使用一媒體系統體驗之一選定內容頻道上偵測到廣告節目時輸出輔助內容。該等操作亦可包括監視該選定內容頻道上之該偵測到的廣告節目之完成,及自該至少一電子儲存器件存取該使用者之廣告返回偏好。回應於基於該監視識別到該選定內容頻道上之該偵測到的廣告節目之完成,可基於該使用者之該等廣告返回偏好控制該媒體系統。In another aspect, a system includes: at least one electronic storage device configured to store a user's advertising return preferences; and at least one processor configured to perform operations including: controlling A media system outputs auxiliary content when an advertisement is detected on a selected content channel by a user using one of the media system experiences. The operations may also include monitoring the completion of the detected commercial on the selected content channel and accessing the user's advertisement return preferences from the at least one electronic storage device. In response to the completion of the detected advertisement program on the selected content channel based on the monitoring, the media system can be controlled based on the user's advertisement return preferences.

在一態樣中,一種使一媒體系統能夠顯現內容之方法包括:將定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於第一電子儲存器中,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之次序;及自儲存於該第一電子儲存器中之該元頻道資訊存取對應於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於一特定時間範圍(time frame)定義之內容的內容輸入項。該等所存取之內容輸入項包括與由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之一第一類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項及與由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之一第二類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項。基於該等所存取之內容輸入項,識別由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容之一類型。基於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容的該經識別類型,選擇該多個元頻道之一子集。元頻道之該選定子集可各自對於該特定時間範圍定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的該第二類型之內容。該方法亦可包括將由包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義的該內容之一經解碼版本儲存於與一使用者之一媒體系統相關聯之第二電子儲存器中,及回應於由該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間作出的對包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之一者的選擇,控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。In one aspect, a method for enabling a media system to visualize content includes: storing meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels in a first electronic storage, the plurality of meta-channels identifying a content input and indicating an experience And the order of the content input items; and the meta channel information access stored in the first electronic storage corresponds to the content defined by each of the plurality of meta channels for a specific time frame Content entry. The accessed content items include at least one content input associated with a first type of content broadcast by a content provider at a particular time and with a response from a content provider in response to a user request At least one content entry related to one of the second types of content is obtained via a network. A type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range is identified based on the accessed content items. A subset of the plurality of meta-channels is selected based on the identified type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range. The selected subset of meta-channels can each define, for the particular time range, content of the second type that is obtainable by a content provider in response to a user request via a network. The method can also include storing, by the decoded version of one of the meta-channels included in the selected subset of the meta-channels for the particular time range, associated with a media system of a user Controlling the media system in a second electronic storage, and in response to a selection by the user during the particular time range for one of the plurality of meta-channels included in the selected subset of meta-channels The decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user visualizes the content defined by the selected meta channel.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該方法可包括控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。使用該經解碼版本可使用於切換至該選定元頻道之一頻道切換時間與用於切換至定義由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播的該第一類型之內容之一元頻道之一頻道切換時間相當。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the method can include controlling the media system to visualize content defined by the selected meta-channel using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage. Using the decoded version may cause a channel switching time for switching to one of the selected meta channels and a channel switching time for switching to one of the meta channels defining the first type of content broadcast by a content provider at a particular time quite.

該方法可包括控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。使用該經解碼版本可使用於切換至該選定元頻道之一頻道切換時間能夠小於半秒。控制該媒體系統以不使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容可導致大於半秒的用於切換至該選定元頻道之一頻道切換時間。The method can include controlling the media system to visualize content defined by the selected meta-channel using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage. Using the decoded version, the channel switching time for switching to one of the selected meta channels can be less than half a second. Controlling the media system to render the content defined by the selected meta-channel without using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage may result in more than half a second for switching to one of the selected meta-channels Switch time.

在一些實施中,該方法可包括最初使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之該內容,及觸發用以顯現不同於由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該經解碼版本之一原始版本之一程序。用以顯現由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本的該程序開始顯現該內容的延遲可長於最初使用該內容之該經解碼版本開始顯現該內容之延遲。在此等實施中,當由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本準備好顯現時,該方法可包括自使用該內容之該經解碼版本轉變至使用該內容之該原始版本。In some implementations, the method can include initially rendering the content defined by the selected meta-channel using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage, and triggering to render different from the selected element The channel defines one of the original versions of the decoded version of the content. The delay at which the program to visualize the original version of the content defined by the selected meta-channel begins to render the content may be longer than the initial use of the decoded version of the content to begin rendering the content. In such implementations, when the original version of the content defined by the selected meta-channel is ready to appear, the method can include transitioning from using the decoded version of the content to using the original version of the content.

該方法亦可包括識別使用該內容之該經解碼版本已顯現的內容之一量及識別該內容之該原始版本中之對應於使用該內容之該經解碼版本已顯現的內容之該量之一轉變點。為了致能自該內容之該經解碼版本至該內容之該原始版本的平滑轉變,可在該轉變點開始使用該內容之該原始版本。The method can also include identifying one of the amount of content that has been rendered using the decoded version of the content and identifying one of the amounts in the original version of the content that correspond to content that has been rendered using the decoded version of the content Change point. In order to enable a smooth transition from the decoded version of the content to the original version of the content, the original version of the content can be used at the transition point.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括使用一視訊編解碼器解碼由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本。在此等實例中,該方法可包括經由一網路將一請求發送至播送由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本的一內容提供者,及經由該網路自該內容提供者下載由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本。In some examples, the method can include decoding the original version of the content defined by the selected meta-channel using a video codec. In such instances, the method can include transmitting a request via a network to a content provider that broadcasts the original version of the content defined by the selected meta channel, and downloading from the content provider via the network The original version of the content defined by the selected meta channel.

該方法可包括識別該多個元頻道,該多個元頻道對於該特定時間範圍定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的該第二類型之內容,且對於該多個元頻道,開始顯現由該元頻道定義之內容而不將該內容之一經解碼版本儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中所需的一時間超過一臨限時間。對於該等經識別元頻道中之每一者,該方法可包括判定需要儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中的內容之一量,以使得能夠無內容顯現之間斷地自使用該內容之一經解碼版本轉變至使用該內容之一原始版本。該方法亦可包括判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器是否具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的能力。取決於判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的能力,可選擇所有該等經識別元頻道作為該多個元頻道之該子集。取決於判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器不具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的能力,可選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集作為該多個元頻道之該子集。The method can include identifying the plurality of meta-channels, the plurality of meta-channels defining, for the particular time range, content of the second type that is obtainable by a content provider in response to a user request, via a network, and for The plurality of meta-channels begin to visualize content defined by the meta-channel without storing the decoded version of one of the content in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user for a time exceeding A time limit. For each of the identified meta-channels, the method can include determining an amount of content that needs to be stored in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user to enable no content The appearance transitions from using the decoded version to one of the original versions of the content. The method can also include determining whether the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user has stored the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range Ability. Depending on the ability to determine that the second electronic storage associated with the user's media system has stored the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range, All of the identified meta-channels are selected as the subset of the plurality of meta-channels. Depending on the ability to determine that the second electronic storage associated with the user's media system does not have the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range, A subset of the identified meta-channels can be selected as the subset of the plurality of meta-channels.

該方法可包括判定該等經識別元頻道的內容之該量是否超過與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中的一可用儲存量。該方法亦可包括判定在該特定時間範圍之一開始之前剩餘之一時間量是否超過該媒體系統下載、解碼及儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容所需之一時間量。該方法進一步可包括:識別該等經識別元頻道之組合,對於該等組合,與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存包括於該組合中之該等元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的能力;及自該等經識別組合中選擇該等經識別元頻道之一包括最高數目個頻道之組合。The method can include determining whether the amount of content of the identified meta-channels exceeds an available storage amount in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user. The method can also include determining whether a remaining amount of time prior to the beginning of one of the particular time ranges exceeds a content of the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels downloaded, decoded, and stored by the media system One amount of time. The method can further include identifying a combination of the identified meta-channels for which the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user has been stored prior to the particular time range for inclusion in the combination The ability of the determined amount of content in each of the meta-channels; and selecting one of the identified meta-channels from the identified combinations comprises a combination of the highest number of channels.

在某一實例中,該方法可包括存取指示該使用者在類似於該特定時間範圍的過去時間範圍期間已體驗之內容之一或多個類別的歷史觀看模式(vie wing pattern),及比較由該等經識別元頻道中之每一者定義之該內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式。在此等實例中,該方法可包括:基於由該等經識別元頻道中之每一者定義之該內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間主要體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集;及選擇該等經識別元頻道之該所判定子集。In an example, the method can include accessing a vie wing pattern indicating one or more categories of content that the user has experienced during a past time range similar to the particular time range, and comparing The content defined by each of the identified meta-channels and the historical viewing mode accessed by the objects. In such instances, the method can include determining that the user is at the particular time based on the comparison of the content defined by each of the identified meta-channels to the accessed historical viewing patterns a subset of the identified meta-channels that are primarily experienced during the range; and selecting the determined subset of the identified meta-channels.

在一些實施中,該方法可包括判定該使用者在選擇時所體驗之一元頻道,及存取識別該使用者在體驗該使用者在選擇時所體驗之該元頻道之後通常選擇的一或多個元頻道之資訊。在此等實施中,該方法可包括:比較該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道;基於該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間最可能體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集;及選擇該等經識別元頻道之該所判定子集。In some implementations, the method can include determining one of the meta-channels that the user experiences when selecting, and accessing one or more of the options that the user typically selects after experiencing the meta-channel experienced by the user while selecting the user. Information on individual channels. In such implementations, the method can include comparing the accessed information with the identified meta-channels; determining that the user is based on the comparison of the accessed information with the identified meta-channels a subset of the identified meta-channels that are most likely to experience during a particular time range; and selecting the determined subset of the identified meta-channels.

在另一態樣中,一種系統可包括:一第一電子儲存器件,其經組態以儲存定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之次序;及一與一使用者之一媒體系統相關聯之第二電子儲存器件。該系統亦可包括至少一處理器,該至少一處理器經組態以執行包括以下操作之操作:自儲存於該第一電子儲存器件中之該元頻道資訊存取對應於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於一特定時間範圍定義之內容的內容輸入項。該等所存取之內容輸入項包括與由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之一第一類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項及與由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之一第二類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項。基於該等所存取之內容輸入項,識別由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容之一類型。基於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容的該經識別類型,選擇該多個元頻道之一子集。元頻道之該選定子集各自對於該特定時間範圍定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的該第二類型之內容。該等操作亦包括將由包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義的該內容之一經解碼版本儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器件中,及回應於由該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間作出的對包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之一者的選擇,控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器件中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。In another aspect, a system can include: a first electronic storage device configured to store meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content inputs and indicating experiencing the content The order of the entries; and a second electronic storage device associated with one of the user's media systems. The system can also include at least one processor configured to perform operations including: the meta channel information access stored in the first electronic storage device corresponds to the plurality of elements A content entry for each of the channels for content defined for a particular time range. The accessed content items include at least one content input associated with a first type of content broadcast by a content provider at a particular time and with a response from a content provider in response to a user request At least one content entry related to one of the second types of content is obtained via a network. A type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range is identified based on the accessed content items. A subset of the plurality of meta-channels is selected based on the identified type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range. The selected subset of meta-channels each define, for the particular time range, content of the second type that is obtainable by a content provider in response to a user request via a network. The operations also include storing, by the decoded version, one of the content channels defined by the selected one of the meta-channels in the selected subset of the meta-channels for the particular time range, associated with the media system of the user Controlling the media system in the second electronic storage device and in response to selection by the user during the particular time range for one of the plurality of meta-channels included in the selected subset of meta-channels The content defined by the selected meta-channel is rendered using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage device associated with the media system of the user.

在又一態樣中,一種使一媒體系統能夠顯現內容之方法包括:識別由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的基於網路之視訊內容,及判定在不快取與一媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中的該內容之一經解碼版本的情況下開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的一時間,該媒體系統經組態以顯現該基於網路之視訊內容且遠離該內容提供者。該方法亦包括比較開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間與一臨限時間,及基於比較結果,判定開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間是否超過該臨限時間。回應於開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間超過該臨限時間之一判定,該方法包括將該基於網路之視訊內容之至少一初始部分預先轉碼為不同於一較慢視訊編解碼格式之一較快視訊編解碼格式,其中該基於網路之視訊內容係以該較慢視訊編解碼格式而由該內容提供者使得可經由該網路獲得。與該較慢視訊編解碼格式相比,該較快視訊編解碼格式允許更快地開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容。該方法進一步包括將該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中,以使得能夠回應於對該基於網路之視訊內容之使用者選擇而藉由使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分較快地顯現該基於網路之視訊內容。In another aspect, a method for enabling a media system to visualize content includes: identifying a web-based video content that is obtainable by a content provider in response to a user request via a network, and determining that the content is unpleasant Retrieving a time required for the network-based video content to begin to appear in a decoded version of the electronic storage associated with a media system, the media system configured to visualize the network-based Video content and away from the content provider. The method also includes comparing the time and a threshold time required to begin to display the network-based video content, and based on the comparison result, determining whether the time required to start displaying the network-based video content exceeds the threshold time. Responding to determining that the time required to begin rendering the network-based video content exceeds the threshold time, the method comprising pre-transcoding at least an initial portion of the network-based video content to be different from a slower One of the video codec formats is a faster video codec format, wherein the network-based video content is made available by the content provider via the network in the slower video codec format. The faster video codec format allows for faster visualization of the web-based video content than the slower video codec format. The method further includes storing the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content in an electronic storage associated with the user's media system to enable response to the web-based The user of the video content selects the web-based video content more quickly by using the pre-transcoded initial portion of the web-based video content.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該方法可包括基於使用一視訊編解碼器解碼該內容所需之一時間判定開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需之一時間,及比較基於使用該視訊編解碼器解碼該內容所需的該時間的開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需之該所判定時間與半秒之一臨限值。該較快視訊編解碼格式可允許內容之顯現在少於半秒內開始,且該較慢視訊編解碼格式允許內容之顯現在多於半秒內開始。該內容之該初始部分可小於該基於網路之視訊內容之全部。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the method can include determining, based on a time required to decode the content using a video codec, a time required to begin rendering the network-based video content, and comparing the decoding based on using the video codec The beginning of the time required for the content exhibits the determined time and one-half second threshold required for the web-based video content. The faster video codec format may allow the presentation of content to begin in less than half a second, and the slower video codec format allows the presentation of content to begin in more than half a second. The initial portion of the content may be less than the entirety of the web-based video content.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括判定使用該較慢視訊編解碼格式開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需之一時間,及基於使用該較慢視訊編解碼格式開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需之該所判定時間選擇該基於網路之視訊內容之該初始部分進行預先轉碼。在此等實例中,該基於網路之視訊內容之該初始部分可為在顯現時持續等於或大於使用該較慢視訊編解碼格式開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間之一時間的該基於網路之視訊內容之一量。In some examples, the method can include determining a time required to begin rendering the network-based video content using the slower video codec format, and beginning to visualize the network-based based on using the slower video codec format The initial time required for the video content to select the initial portion of the network-based video content is pre-transcoded. In such instances, the initial portion of the network-based video content can be one of the times required to continue to appear to visualize the web-based video content using the slower video codec format when rendered. The amount of this web-based video content of time.

在一些實施中,該方法可包括於該媒體系統處接收指示希望觀看該基於網路之視訊內容的一使用者輸入,及回應於接收到該使用者輸入,控制該媒體系統以使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分顯現該基於網路之視訊內容。在此等實施中,該方法可包括最初使用儲存於該電子儲存器中的該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分來顯現該基於網路之視訊內容,及觸發用以顯現不同於該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分的一原始版本之一程序。用以顯現該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本之該程序開始顯現該內容的延遲可長於最初使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容之延遲。當該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本準備好顯現時,該方法可包括自使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分轉變至使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本。In some implementations, the method can include receiving, at the media system, a user input indicating that the network-based video content is desired to be viewed, and in response to receiving the user input, controlling the media system to use the web-based The pre-transcoded initial portion of the video content of the road exhibits the web-based video content. In such implementations, the method can include initially rendering the network-based video content using the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content stored in the electronic storage, and triggering the A program that differs from an original version of the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content. The program for visualizing the original version of the web-based video content may begin to exhibit a delay in the content that may be longer than the initial portion of the pre-transcoded initial use of the web-based video content to begin to exhibit the network-based Delay in video content. When the original version of the web-based video content is ready to appear, the method can include transitioning from using the pre-transcoded initial portion of the web-based video content to using the web-based video content The original version.

該方法可包括識別使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分已顯現的該基於網路之視訊內容之一量,及識別該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本中之對應於使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分已顯現的內容之該量之一轉變點。該方法亦可包括在該轉變點開始使用該內容之該原始版本以致能自該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分至該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本的平滑轉變。The method can include identifying an amount of the network-based video content that has been visualized using the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content, and identifying the original version of the network-based video content Corresponding to a transition point of the amount of content that has been rendered using the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content. The method can also include using the original version of the content at the transition point to enable smoothing from the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content to the original version of the network-based video content change.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括使用該較慢視訊編解碼器解碼該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本。在此等實例中,該方法可包括經由一網路將一請求發送至播送該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本的一內容提供者,及經由該網路自該內容提供者下載該基於網路之視訊內容之該原始版本。In some examples, the method can include decoding the original version of the network-based video content using the slower video codec. In such instances, the method can include transmitting a request via a network to a content provider that broadcasts the original version of the network-based video content, and downloading the basis from the content provider via the network The original version of the video content on the web.

在另一態樣中,一種系統包括一與一使用者之一媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器件,及經組態以執行包括以下各者之操作的至少一處理器:識別由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的基於網路之視訊內容;及判定在不快取與該媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中的該內容之一經解碼版本之情況下開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需之一時間,該媒體系統經組態以顯現該基於網路之視訊內容且遠離該內容提供者。該等操作亦包括比較開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間與一臨限時間,及基於比較結果,判定開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間是否超過該臨限時間。回應於開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容所需的該時間超過該臨限時間之一判定,該等操作包括將該基於網路之視訊內容之至少一初始部分預先轉碼為不同於一較慢視訊編解碼格式之一較快視訊編解碼格式,其中該基於網路之視訊內容係以該較慢視訊編解碼格式而由該內容提供者使得可經由該網路獲得。與該較慢視訊編解碼格式相比,該較快視訊編解碼格式允許更快地開始顯現該基於網路之視訊內容。該等操作進一步包括將該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該電子儲存器件中以使得能夠回應於對該基於網路之視訊內容之使用者選擇而藉由使用該基於網路之視訊內容之該經預先轉碼之初始部分較快地顯現該基於網路之視訊內容。In another aspect, a system includes an electronic storage device associated with a media system of a user, and at least one processor configured to perform operations including: identifying by a content provider Reacting to the user request to enable web-based video content available via a network; and determining to begin visualizing the decoded version of the content in an electronic storage associated with the media system One time required for the web-based video content, the media system is configured to visualize the web-based video content and away from the content provider. The operations also include comparing the time and a threshold time required to begin to display the network-based video content, and based on the comparison result, determining whether the time required to begin to display the network-based video content exceeds the time. Limited time. Responding to determining that the time required to begin to display the web-based video content exceeds one of the threshold times, the operations comprising pre-transcoding at least an initial portion of the web-based video content to be different from a comparison One of the slow video codec formats is a faster video codec format, wherein the network based video content is made available by the content provider via the network in the slower video codec format. The faster video codec format allows for faster visualization of the web-based video content than the slower video codec format. The operations further include storing the pre-transcoded initial portion of the network-based video content in the electronic storage device associated with the media system of the user to enable response to the network-based The user of the video content selects and visualizes the web-based video content by using the pre-transcoded initial portion of the web-based video content.

在一態樣中,一種下載內容以供使用一媒體系統觀看之方法包括識別經排程以在一特定時間播放的一基於網路之視訊。該基於網路之視訊係由至少一源回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得。該方法亦包括識別可供下載該基於網路之視訊的多個源,及自該多個源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的一初始源。該方法進一步包括:起始用以自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊之一第一程序;及監視自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊的進展。該監視包括計算至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的一估計時間量,及判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量是否使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊。該方法包括:回應於判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量未使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊,自該多個源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊之至少一部分的一替代源;及起始用以自該替代源下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分之一第二程序。該方法進一步包括將該基於網路之視訊儲存於與該媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中。In one aspect, a method of downloading content for viewing using a media system includes identifying a web-based video that is scheduled to be played at a particular time. The web-based video is made available via a network by at least one source in response to a user request. The method also includes identifying a plurality of sources available for downloading the network-based video, and selecting an initial source from the plurality of sources for downloading the network-based video. The method further includes: initializing a first program to download the network-based video from the initial source; and monitoring progress of downloading the network-based video from the initial source. The monitoring includes calculating an estimated amount of time remaining to complete the download of the network-based video from the initial source, and determining whether the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source is enabled The web-based video is viewed without interruption at this particular time. The method includes: responsive to determining that the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source does not enable uninterrupted viewing of the network-based video at the particular time, from the plurality of sources Selecting an alternate source for downloading at least a portion of the network-based video; and initiating a second program for downloading at least one of the portions of the network-based video from the alternate source. The method further includes storing the web-based video in an electronic storage associated with the media system.

諸實施可包括以下特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,該方法可包括判定至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的一時間量,及判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量是否超過至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量。Implementations may include one or more of the following features. For example, the method can include determining a remaining amount of time until the specific time of the network-based video scheduled to play, and determining to complete the remaining of the network-based video downloaded from the initial source. Whether the estimated amount of time exceeds the amount of time remaining until the particular time of the network-based video schedule to play.

該方法亦可包括判定至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的一第一時間量,及判定據估計到該特定時間時已下載的該基於網路之視訊之一初始部分。該基於網路之視訊之該初始部分可小於該基於網路之視訊之全部。該方法進一步可包括判定對應於播放據估計到該特定時間時已下載的該基於網路之視訊之該初始部分所需之一時間量的一第二時間量、合計該第一時間量與該第二時間量,及判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間是否超過該合計的第一時間量與第二時間量。The method can also include determining a first amount of time remaining until the particular time of the network-based video schedule to play, and determining that the network-based video that was downloaded at the particular time is estimated An initial part. The initial portion of the network-based video can be less than the entirety of the network-based video. The method can further include determining a second amount of time corresponding to the amount of time required to play the initial portion of the network-based video that was downloaded at the particular time, summing the first amount of time and the a second amount of time, and determining whether the estimated time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source exceeds the total first amount of time and the second amount of time.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括識別尚未自該初始源下載的該基於網路之視訊之一剩餘部分。該基於網路之視訊之該剩餘部分可小於該基於網路之視訊之全部。在此等實例中,該方法可包括起始用以自該替代源下載該基於網路之視訊之該剩餘部分之一第二程序。此外,在此等實例中,該方法可包括起始用以自該替代源僅下載該基於網路之視訊之該剩餘部分之一第二程序,及組合自該初始源下載的該基於網路之視訊之一初始部分與自該替代源下載的該基於網路之視訊之該剩餘部分。該方法進一步可包括控制該媒體系統以在該特定時間使用該基於網路之視訊的該組合之初始部分及剩餘部分播放該基於網路之視訊。In some examples, the method can include identifying a remaining portion of the network-based video that has not been downloaded from the initial source. The remainder of the network-based video can be less than the entirety of the network-based video. In such examples, the method can include initiating a second program to download one of the remaining portions of the network-based video from the alternate source. Moreover, in such examples, the method can include initiating a second program to download only one of the remaining portions of the network-based video from the alternate source, and combining the network-based download from the initial source One of the initial portions of the video and the remaining portion of the network-based video downloaded from the alternate source. The method can further include controlling the media system to play the network-based video using the initial portion and the remainder of the combination of the network-based video at the particular time.

該方法可包括:計算自該多個源中之不同於該初始源的至少一源下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分所需的一估計時間量;及判定下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分所需的該估計時間量是否使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊。基於判定結果,可選擇一替代源,對於該替代源,下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分所需的該估計時間量使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊。The method can include calculating an estimated amount of time required to download at least the portion of the network-based video from at least one source of the plurality of sources; and determining to download the network-based video Whether the estimated amount of time required for at least the portion enables the network-based video to be viewed without interruption at the particular time. Based on the result of the determination, an alternate source can be selected for which the estimated amount of time required to download at least the portion of the network-based video enables the network-based video to be viewed without interruption at that particular time.

該方法可包括計算自該多個源中之至少一者下載該基於網路之視訊所需的一估計時間量,及計算至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的一時間量。該方法亦可包括比較下載該基於網路之視訊所需的該估計時間量與至該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量,及基於比較結果,自該多個源中選擇一初始源,對於該初始源,下載該基於網路之視訊所需的該估計時間量小於至該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量。The method can include calculating an estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video from at least one of the plurality of sources, and calculating to the network-based video schedule to play for the particular time remaining The amount of time. The method may further include comparing the estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video with the amount of time remaining until the specific time, and selecting an initial source from the plurality of sources based on the comparison result, The initial source, the estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video is less than the amount of time remaining until the particular time.

在一些實施中,該方法可包括對於該多個源中之每一者,計算下載該基於網路之視訊所需的一估計時間量,及計算至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的一時間量。在此等實施中,該方法可包括:對於該多個源中之每一者,比較下載該基於網路之視訊所需的該估計時間量與至該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量,及基於比較結果,識別該多個源,對於該多個源,下載該基於網路之視訊所需的該估計時間量小於至該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量。取決於該多個經識別源大於一,該方法可包括存取定義用於選擇供下載基於網路之視訊之一源的準則之至少一規則、判定該多個經識別源之屬性、比較該多個經識別源之該等屬性與由該至少一規則定義之該等準則,及基於比較結果,自該多個經識別源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的一初始源。In some implementations, the method can include calculating, for each of the plurality of sources, an estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video, and calculating to the network-based video schedule to play The amount of time remaining until that particular time. In such implementations, the method can include comparing, for each of the plurality of sources, the estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video and the amount of time remaining until the particular time, and Based on the comparison result, the plurality of sources are identified, and for the plurality of sources, the estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video is less than the amount of time remaining until the specific time. Depending on the plurality of identified sources being greater than one, the method can include accessing at least one rule defining criteria for selecting one of the network-based video sources, determining attributes of the plurality of identified sources, comparing the The attributes of the plurality of identified sources and the criteria defined by the at least one rule, and based on the comparison, select an initial source for downloading the network-based video from the plurality of identified sources.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括存取指示在選擇供下載基於網路之視訊之一源時應最小化與下載基於網路之視訊有關的一費用的至少一規則,及判定與用於下載該基於網路之視訊的該多個經識別源中之每一者相關聯之一費用。在此等實例中,該方法可包括自該多個經識別源中選擇具有用於下載該基於網路之視訊之一最低費用的一初始源。In some examples, the method can include accessing at least one rule indicating that a fee associated with downloading the web-based video should be minimized when selecting one of the sources for downloading the network-based video, and determining and downloading One of the plurality of identified sources of the network-based video associated with one of the fees. In such examples, the method can include selecting, from the plurality of identified sources, an initial source having a minimum fee for downloading the one of the network-based video.

該方法可包括將定義識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之次序的多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於電子儲存器中,及自儲存於該電子儲存器中之該元頻道資訊存取由一元頻道對於該特定時間定義且識別將在該特定時間播放的該基於網路之視訊的一內容輸入項。該方法亦可包括:識別經排程以在一第一時間播放的多個基於網路之視訊;及起始自一第一源下載該多個基於網路之視訊。該方法進一步可包括:監視自該第一源下載該多個基於網路之視訊的進展;及基於該監視,判定下載該多個基於網路之視訊中之至少兩者需要自該第一源改變至一第二源,以使得能夠在該第一時間無中斷地觀看。The method can include storing meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels that identify the content input items and indicating the order in which the content input items are experienced in the electronic storage, and the meta-channel information stored in the electronic storage Accessing a content entry defined by the unary channel for the particular time and identifying the web-based video to be played at that particular time. The method can also include identifying a plurality of network-based video that is scheduled to be played at a first time; and initiating downloading the plurality of network-based video from a first source. The method can further include: monitoring progress of downloading the plurality of network-based video from the first source; and based on the monitoring, determining that at least two of the plurality of network-based video downloads are required from the first source Change to a second source to enable uninterrupted viewing at the first time.

另外,該方法可包括存取用於自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊的至少一規則,及相對於用於自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊的該至少一規則分析該至少兩個基於網路之視訊。基於該分析,可識別從自該第一源下載改變至自該第二源下載的該至少兩個基於網路之視訊之一第一子集,且可識別維持自該第一源下載的該至少兩個基於網路之視訊之一第二子集。該方法可包括起始:自該第二源下載該至少兩個基於網路之視訊之該第一子集的至少一部分;及維持自該第一源下載該至少兩個基於網路之視訊之該第二子集。Additionally, the method can include accessing at least one rule for downloading network-based video from the second source, and analyzing the at least one rule for downloading the network-based video from the second source Two web-based video. Based on the analyzing, identifying a first subset of the at least two network-based videos downloaded from the first source download to the second source download, and identifying the one maintained from the first source download At least two second subsets of one of the network-based video. The method can include initiating: downloading at least a portion of the first subset of the at least two network-based video from the second source; and maintaining downloading the at least two network-based video from the first source This second subset.

在一些實施中,該第一源可為可用於免費地下載該多個基於網路之視訊的一公共網路源,且該第二源可為可用於以付費方式下載該多個基於網路之視訊的一內容傳遞網路。在此等實施中,該方法可包括存取定義在一特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之一數目的至少一規則,及判定自該第二源下載所有該至少兩個基於網路之視訊會導致超過在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目。In some implementations, the first source can be a public network source that can be used to download the plurality of network-based video for free, and the second source can be used to download the plurality of network-based services in a fee-based manner. A content delivery network for video. In such implementations, the method can include accessing at least one rule defining a number of network-based video downloads that can be downloaded from the second source during a particular time range, and determining to download all of the from the second source At least two web-based videos may result in exceeding the number of web-based video downloadable from the second source during the particular time range.

該方法可包括追蹤在該特定時間範圍期間已自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之一數目,及判定一使用者之一服務等級,對於該服務等級,該多個基於網路之視訊經排程以在該第一時間播放。該方法亦可包括基於該使用者之該服務等級動態地調整在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目,及當在該特定時間範圍期間已自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該追蹤得之數目達到在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目時,將一訊息提供至該使用者,該訊息指示該使用者可增加該服務等級以增加在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目。該方法進一步可包括使該使用者能夠回應於該訊息而使用該媒體系統以電子方式增加該服務等級。The method can include tracking a number of network-based video messages that have been downloaded from the second source during the particular time range, and determining a service level of a user for the plurality of network-based services The video is scheduled to play at the first time. The method can also include dynamically adjusting the number of network-based video downloads that can be downloaded from the second source during the particular time range based on the service level of the user, and when from the particular time range The number of tracking of the network-based video downloaded by the second source reaches a number of network-based video downloadable from the second source during the particular time range, and a message is provided to the user. The message indicates that the user can increase the level of service to increase the number of network-based video that can be downloaded from the second source during the particular time range. The method can further include enabling the user to electronically increase the level of service using the media system in response to the message.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括:存取定義用於當自該第二源下載時選擇待排定優先順序的基於網路之視訊之準則的至少一規則;及基於定義用於當自該第二源下載時選擇待排定優先順序的基於網路之視訊之準則的該至少一規則,來識別該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中待排定優先順序之一或多者。在此等實例中,該方法可包括將該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中待排定優先順序的該一或多者識別為該第一子集。In some examples, the method can include accessing at least one rule defining criteria for selecting a network-based video to be prioritized when downloading from the second source; and based on the definition for The at least one rule of selecting a network-based video criterion to be prioritized during the second source downloading identifies one or more of the at least two network-based video priorities to be scheduled. In such instances, the method can include identifying the one or more of the at least two network-based video to be prioritized as the first subset.

該方法可包括:存取對自該第二源下載具有一較長剩餘下載時間的基於網路之視訊排定優先順序的至少一規則;及對於該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中之每一者,計算一估計剩餘下載時間。該方法亦可包括自該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中識別一待排定優先順序的第一基於網路之視訊,該第一基於網路之視訊具有該至少兩個基於網路之視訊之最長的估計剩餘下載時間。The method can include: accessing at least one rule for downloading a network-based video prioritization having a longer remaining download time from the second source; and for each of the at least two network-based video In one case, an estimated remaining download time is calculated. The method can also include identifying, from the at least two network-based video, a first network-based video to be prioritized, the first network-based video having the at least two network-based video The longest estimate of the remaining download time.

此外,該方法可包括:存取基於一使用者之歷史觀看模式而對自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊排定優先順序的至少一規則;及分析與該至少兩個基於網路之視訊有關的一使用者之歷史觀看模式。基於對該等歷史觀看模式之該分析,該方法可包括自該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中識別一第一基於網路之視訊,對於該第一基於網路之視訊,對該使用者之該等歷史觀看模式之該分析指示該使用者最可能在該第一時間播放該至少兩個基於網路之視訊。Moreover, the method can include: accessing at least one rule for downloading a network-based video prioritization order from the second source based on a historical viewing mode of a user; and analyzing the at least two network-based The historical viewing mode of a user related to video. Based on the analysis of the historical viewing modes, the method can include identifying a first network-based video from the at least two network-based video, for the first network-based video, the user The analysis of the historical viewing modes indicates that the user is most likely to play the at least two web-based videos at the first time.

在一些實例中,該方法可包括存取對自該第二源下載不可獲得替代內容的基於網路之視訊排定優先順序的至少一規則。在此等實例中,該方法可包括對於該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中之每一者,判定另一基於網路之視訊是否經排程以在該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中之該每一者之後播放,及基於該判定,自該至少兩個基於網路之視訊中識別一第一基於網路之視訊,對於該第一基於網路之視訊,另一基於網路之視訊未排程在該第一基於網路之視訊之後播放。該方法亦可包括:識別一第二基於網路之視訊,對於該第二基於網路之視訊,一第三基於網路之視訊經排程以在該第二基於網路之視訊之後播放;及維持自該第一源下載該第二基於網路之視訊。該方法進一步可包括:判定自該第一源下載該第三基於網路之視訊是否使得能夠在該第一時間無中斷地觀看該第三基於網路之視訊;及回應於自該第一源下載該第三基於網路之視訊使得能夠在該第一時間無中斷地觀看該第三基於網路之視訊之一判定,在一頻道表中重新排列該第二基於網路之視訊及該第三基於網路之視訊。In some examples, the method can include accessing at least one rule for prioritizing network-based video for which alternative content is not available for download from the second source. In such instances, the method can include determining, for each of the at least two network-based video, whether another network-based video is scheduled for use in the at least two network-based video Each of the players is then played, and based on the determination, a first network-based video is identified from the at least two network-based video, and the first network-based video is another network-based video The video is not scheduled to play after the first web-based video. The method may also include: identifying a second network-based video, for the second network-based video, a third network-based video is scheduled to play after the second network-based video; And maintaining the second network-based video from the first source. The method may further include: determining whether downloading the third network-based video from the first source enables the third network-based video to be viewed without interruption at the first time; and responding to the first source Downloading the third network-based video enables the first time to view the third network-based video without interruption, rearranging the second network-based video and the first in a channel list Three network-based video.

在另一態樣中,一種系統包括經組態以儲存基於網路之視訊的至少一電子儲存器件,及經組態以執行包括識別經排程以在一特定時間播放的一基於網路之視訊的操作之至少一處理器。該基於網路之視訊係由至少一源回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得。該等操作亦包括識別可供下載該基於網路之視訊的多個源,及自該多個源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的一初始源。該等操作進一步包括:起始用以自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊之一第一程序;及監視自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊的進展。該監視包括計算至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的一估計時間量,及判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量是否使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊。該等操作包括:回應於判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量未使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊,自該多個源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊之至少一部分的一替代源;及起始用以自該替代源下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分之一第二程序。該等操作進一步包括將該基於網路之視訊儲存於該電子儲存器件中。In another aspect, a system includes at least one electronic storage device configured to store network-based video, and configured to perform a network-based including identifying the scheduled to play at a particular time At least one processor of the operation of the video. The web-based video is made available via a network by at least one source in response to a user request. The operations also include identifying a plurality of sources available for downloading the network-based video, and selecting an initial source from the plurality of sources for downloading the network-based video. The operations further include: initializing a first program to download the network-based video from the initial source; and monitoring progress of downloading the network-based video from the initial source. The monitoring includes calculating an estimated amount of time remaining to complete the download of the network-based video from the initial source, and determining whether the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source is enabled The web-based video is viewed without interruption at this particular time. The operations include: responsive to determining that the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source does not enable the network-based video to be viewed without interruption at the particular time, from the plurality of Selecting, in the source, an alternate source for downloading at least a portion of the network-based video; and initiating a second program for downloading at least one of the portions of the network-based video from the alternate source. The operations further include storing the network-based video in the electronic storage device.

在又一態樣中,至少一電腦可讀儲存媒體編碼有包含指令之至少一電腦程式,該等指令在執行時操作以使一電腦執行包括識別經排程以在一特定時間播放的一基於網路之視訊之操作。該基於網路之視訊係由至少一源回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得。該等操作亦包括識別可供下載該基於網路之視訊的多個源,及自該多個源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的一初始源。該等操作進一步包括:起始用以自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊之一第一程序;及監視自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊的進展。該監視包括計算至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的一估計時間量,及判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量是否使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊。該等操作包括:回應於判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量未使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊,自該多個源中選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊之至少一部分的一替代源;及起始用以自該替代源下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分之一第二程序。該等操作進一步包括將該基於網路之視訊儲存於該電子儲存器件中。In yet another aspect, the at least one computer readable storage medium is encoded with at least one computer program including instructions that, when executed, operate to cause a computer to perform a process including identifying the scheduled to be played at a particular time The operation of the video of the network. The web-based video is made available via a network by at least one source in response to a user request. The operations also include identifying a plurality of sources available for downloading the network-based video, and selecting an initial source from the plurality of sources for downloading the network-based video. The operations further include: initializing a first program to download the network-based video from the initial source; and monitoring progress of downloading the network-based video from the initial source. The monitoring includes calculating an estimated amount of time remaining to complete the download of the network-based video from the initial source, and determining whether the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source is enabled The web-based video is viewed without interruption at this particular time. The operations include: responsive to determining that the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source does not enable the network-based video to be viewed without interruption at the particular time, from the plurality of Selecting, in the source, an alternate source for downloading at least a portion of the network-based video; and initiating a second program for downloading at least one of the portions of the network-based video from the alternate source. The operations further include storing the network-based video in the electronic storage device.

在隨附圖式及下文之描述中陳述一或多個實施之細節。本發明之其他潛在特徵及優點將自該描述及圖式以及申請專利範圍顯而易見。The details of one or more implementations are set forth in the drawings and the description below. Other potential features and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the description and drawings and claims.

圖1為演示一般元頻道用途之情境圖100。使用者102可以觀看可顯示於電視螢幕106上之元頻道指南104。可為一電子節目指南之指南104可顯示關於將顯示於一或多個元頻道108a至108g上之內容之資訊。指南104可顯示將在一週中之一特定日子(例如,星期天)呈現的內容之一時間表(schedule)。Figure 1 is a context diagram 100 illustrating the use of a general meta channel. The user 102 can view the meta channel guide 104 that can be displayed on the television screen 106. A guide 104, which may be an electronic program guide, may display information about the content to be displayed on one or more of the meta-channels 108a-108g. The guide 104 can display a schedule of one of the content to be presented on a particular day of the week (eg, Sunday).

元頻道108a至108g各自識別將呈現於一各別元頻道上之內容輸入項,且指示將在該元頻道上呈現該等內容輸入項之次序。諸內容輸入項可涉及來自各種內容提供者的各種類型之內容。每一內容輸入項與由一特定內容提供者使得可獲得之內容有關。一內容提供者可為(例如)一電視廣播公司(例如,MSO(多系統業者):有線MSO、衛星MSO、本地MSO)或播送網際網路視訊之一web伺服器。一內容輸入項可涉及由一廣播公司於一特定時間在一特定頻道上提供之電視廣播、一網際網路視訊資源之一URL(統一資源定位器)或某一其他類型之內容。The meta-channels 108a through 108g each identify content inputs that will be presented on a respective meta-channel and indicate the order in which the content inputs will be presented on the meta-channel. The content inputs can relate to various types of content from various content providers. Each content entry is related to content that is made available by a particular content provider. A content provider can be, for example, a television broadcaster (eg, an MSO (multi-system operator): a wired MSO, a satellite MSO, a local MSO) or a web server that broadcasts one of the Internet video. A content entry may relate to a television broadcast provided by a broadcaster on a particular channel at a particular time, a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) of one of the Internet video resources, or some other type of content.

內容輸入項可由一最終消費者及/或一元頻道發布者(稱為「內容駕馭者」)指派給元頻道。該最終消費者或內容駕馭者可基於該最終消費者或內容駕馭者所挑選之任何準則將內容輸入項指派及組織於一特定元頻道中(例如,一最終消費者可定義一選擇在每一時間範圍可獲得的該最終消費者之最愛或偏愛的內容之元頻道)。The content entry can be assigned to the meta channel by an end consumer and/or a meta channel publisher (referred to as a "content controller"). The end consumer or content stewards can assign and organize content inputs into a particular meta channel based on any criteria selected by the end consumer or content stewards (eg, an end consumer can define a selection at each The time range is available for the meta-channel of the favorite or favorite content of the end consumer).

在一些實例中,可基於一特定類型之內容將內容輸入項指派給元頻道且組織在一起。舉例而言,元頻道108a呈現戲劇相關內容,元頻道108b呈現與一特定音樂家有關的內容,元頻道108c呈現與一第二不同音樂家有關的內容,元頻道108d呈現足球相關內容,元頻道108e呈現特技相關內容,元頻道108f呈現體育相關內容,且元頻道108g呈現娛樂相關內容。當一最終消費者有興趣觀看一特定類型之內容時,該最終消費者可選擇對應於該特定類型之內容的元頻道(例如,當該最終消費者有興趣觀看足球相關聯內容時,該最終消費者選擇元頻道108d)。In some examples, content inputs can be assigned to meta-channels and organized together based on a particular type of content. For example, meta channel 108a presents drama related content, meta channel 108b presents content related to a particular musician, meta channel 108c presents content related to a second different musician, meta channel 108d presents soccer related content, meta channel 108e presents trick-related content, meta-channel 108f presents sports-related content, and meta-channel 108g presents entertainment-related content. When an end consumer is interested in viewing a particular type of content, the end consumer may select a meta channel corresponding to the particular type of content (eg, when the end consumer is interested in viewing the football associated content, the final The consumer selects the meta channel 108d).

如指南104中所顯示,第一內容輸入項110指示一自MSO頻道15接收之第一戲劇節目經排程以於1 p.m.至3 p.m.在元頻道108a上呈現。第二內容輸入項112指示一自MSO頻道22接收之第二戲劇節目經排程以於3 p.m.至4:30 p.m.在元頻道108a上呈現。第三內容輸入項114指示一自MSO頻道13接收之第三戲劇節目經排程以於4:30 p.m.至7 p.m.在元頻道108a上呈現。內容輸入項114所指示之節目起初經排程以於4 p.m.開始在MSO頻道13上廣播,因此可將該節目記錄至一DVR(數位視訊記錄器)上且在元頻道108a上自該DVR記錄播放(例如,自其即時播送之廣播具有30分鐘延遲)。第四內容輸入項116指示一自MSO頻道9接收之第四戲劇節目116經排程以於7 p.m.至8 p.m.在元頻道108a上呈現。As shown in guide 104, the first content entry 110 indicates that a first drama program received from the MSO channel 15 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108a from 1 p.m. to 3 p.m. The second content entry 112 indicates that a second drama program received from the MSO channel 22 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108a from 3 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. The third content entry 114 indicates that a third drama program received from the MSO channel 13 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108a from 4:30 p.m. to 7 p.m. The program indicated by the content entry 114 is initially scheduled to be broadcast on the MSO channel 13 beginning at 4 pm, so the program can be recorded onto a DVR (digital video recorder) and recorded from the DVR on the meta channel 108a. Playback (for example, a broadcast from its instant broadcast has a 30 minute delay). The fourth content entry 116 indicates that a fourth drama program 116 received from the MSO channel 9 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108a from 7 p.m. to 8 p.m.

當一最終消費者選擇體驗元頻道108a時,控制該最終消費者之媒體系統以無人為干預地顯示由元頻道108a中之該等內容輸入項定義之內容。舉例而言,在1 p.m.,控制該媒體系統以顯示MSO頻道15(例如,控制一電視調諧器以調諧至MSO頻道15,且控制一顯示器件之一輸入源以顯示一來自該電視調諧器之視訊信號)。該媒體系統顯示MSO頻道15直至3 p.m.,此時,控制該媒體系統以自MSO頻道15改變至MSO頻道22(例如,控制該電視調諧器以調諧至MSO頻道22)。在4 p.m.,控制該媒體系統以維持MSO頻道22之顯示,但亦開始使用一DVR記錄MSO頻道13。在4:30 p.m.,控制該媒體系統以顯示記錄在該DVR上的來自MSO頻道13之該內容,且在7 p.m.,控制該媒體系統以顯示MSO頻道9。When an end consumer selects the experience meta channel 108a, the media system controlling the end consumer displays the content defined by the content entries in the meta channel 108a with no human intervention. For example, at 1 pm, the media system is controlled to display the MSO channel 15 (eg, to control a television tuner to tune to the MSO channel 15, and to control an input source of a display device to display a video tuner from the television tuner Video signal). The media system displays the MSO channel 15 up to 3 p.m., at which point the media system is controlled to change from the MSO channel 15 to the MSO channel 22 (e.g., to control the television tuner to tune to the MSO channel 22). At 4 p.m., the media system is controlled to maintain the display of the MSO channel 22, but the DSO is also used to record the MSO channel 13. At 4:30 p.m., the media system is controlled to display the content from the MSO channel 13 recorded on the DVR, and at 7 p.m., the media system is controlled to display the MSO channel 9.

如所提及,呈現在一元頻道上之內容可由不同於一傳統電視廣播公司之內容提供者提供。舉例而言,內容輸入項118指示一記錄片節目經排程以於1 p.m.至4 p.m.在元頻道108b上呈現。接收來自一「點播(on demand)」服務(諸如,接收來自由一有線電視業者提供之一服務)的內容輸入項118所指示之節目。內容輸入項120指示一自一IP(網際網路協定)視訊源接收之音樂會視訊經排程以於4 p.m.至6 p.m.在元頻道108b上呈現。內容輸入項120可涉及(例如)由一web伺服器播送之一網際網路視訊資源之一URL(例如,www.youtube.com)。內容輸入項122指示一音樂會採訪經排程以於6 p.m.至8 p.m.在元頻道108b上呈現。將自一P2P(點對點)網際網路視訊源接收該採訪。P2P串流為一允許內容散發於用戶端電腦之間而無需一中央伺服器的技術。As mentioned, content presented on a meta-channel may be provided by a content provider other than a conventional television broadcaster. For example, content entry 118 indicates that a documentary program is scheduled to be rendered on meta channel 108b from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. A program received from a "on demand" service, such as receiving a content entry 118 from a service provided by a cable operator, is received. The content entry 120 indicates that a concert video received from an IP (Internet Protocol) video source is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108b from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. The content entry 120 can involve, for example, one of the Internet video resources (eg, www.youtube.com) broadcast by a web server. The content entry 122 indicates that a concert interview is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108b from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m. The interview will be received from a P2P (peer-to-peer) internet video source. P2P streaming is a technology that allows content to be distributed between client computers without the need for a central server.

除視訊內容之外,亦可在一元頻道上呈現其他形式之內容,諸如音訊內容。舉例而言,內容輸入項124指示一音樂家之一音訊樣本經排程以於4 p.m.至7 p.m.在元頻道108c上呈現。一音訊樣本可(列舉幾個實例)自一包括於一媒體系統中之CD播放器、自一P2P音訊流或自一儲存於一媒體系統中之一器件上的數位記錄播放。In addition to video content, other forms of content, such as audio content, may also be presented on a meta channel. For example, content entry 124 indicates that an audio sample of a musician is scheduled to be rendered on meta channel 108c from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. An audio sample can be played (from a few examples) from a CD player included in a media system, from a P2P audio stream, or from a digital record stored on a device in a media system.

當一選定元頻道包括多個形式之內容(例如,電視廣播、點播內容、IP視訊源、音訊樣本、P2P內容、來自本地媒體播放器之內容等)時,控制該媒體系統以無人為干預地在該多個形式之內容之間轉變。舉例而言,使用者以類似於一使用者感知一廣播電視頻道上之內容變化的方式感知該內容變化,儘管該內容係以多個不同形式自多個不同提供者傳遞。在一些實例中,控制該媒體系統以改變一輸出器件(例如,視訊顯示器件、一揚聲器等)之輸入視訊/音訊源以輸出當前由該選定元頻道定義之該形式的內容。When a selected meta channel includes multiple forms of content (eg, television broadcast, on-demand content, IP video source, audio samples, P2P content, content from a local media player, etc.), the media system is controlled to be unmanned Transition between the contents of the multiple forms. For example, a user perceives a change in content in a manner similar to a user perceiving a change in content on a broadcast television channel, although the content is delivered from a plurality of different providers in a number of different forms. In some examples, the media system is controlled to change an input video/audio source of an output device (eg, a video display device, a speaker, etc.) to output the content of the form currently defined by the selected meta-channel.

在一些實施中,如指南104中所說明,內容輸入項126指示一自MSO頻道5接收之第一即時播送之足球比賽經排程以在1 p.m.至4 p.m.在元頻道108d上呈現,且內容輸入項128指示一自MSO頻道9接收之第二即時播送之足球比賽經排程以在4 p.m.至7 p.m.在元頻道108d上呈現。可基於一所儲存的使用者之偏好(諸如,對國家之一特定隊伍及/或區域之偏好)動態地挑選對內容之選擇,諸如對內容輸入項126所指示之足球比賽的選擇。舉例而言,一使用者之偏好可指示對參加由MSO頻道5於1 p.m.提供之比賽的一或多個隊伍勝於對參加由MSO頻道9亦於1 p.m.提供之比賽的一或多個隊伍的偏愛。元頻道108d可經組態以於1 p.m.呈現來自MSO頻道5的即時播送之比賽,且於7 p.m.開始呈現一先前由MSO頻道9提供之比賽之一記錄(如內容輸入項130所指示)。可基於該使用者之設定檔資訊(例如,最愛隊伍偏好、區域資料等)動態地判定所選的特定比賽及/或該等比賽之次序。因而,具有第一設定檔資訊之第一使用者在觀看元頻道108d時可與具有第二設定檔資訊之亦觀看元頻道108d之一第二使用者接收不同的比賽(或一不同比賽次序)。In some implementations, as illustrated in guide 104, the content entry 126 indicates that a first live broadcast of the football game received from the MSO channel 5 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108d from 1 pm to 4 pm, and the content Entry 128 indicates that a second live broadcast of the football game received from MSO channel 9 is scheduled to be presented on meta channel 108d from 4 pm to 7 pm. The selection of content may be dynamically selected based on a stored user's preferences, such as preferences for a particular team and/or region of the country, such as the selection of a football match indicated by the content entry 126. For example, a user's preference may indicate that one or more teams participating in a match offered by MSO channel 5 at 1 pm are better than one or more teams participating in a match offered by MSO channel 9 at 1 pm. The preference. The meta channel 108d can be configured to present a live broadcast of the game from the MSO channel 5 at 1 p.m. and begin to present a record of one of the games previously provided by the MSO channel 9 (as indicated by the content entry 130) at 7 p.m. The selected particular matches and/or the order of the matches may be dynamically determined based on the user's profile information (eg, favorite team preferences, regional profiles, etc.). Thus, the first user having the first profile information can receive a different match (or a different match order) from the second user of the also viewed meta channel 108d having the second profile information when viewing the meta channel 108d. .

其他元頻道組態係可能的。舉例而言,內容輸入項132指示一自MSO頻道6接收之籃球體育賽事經排程以在元頻道108f上呈現。元頻道108f可經組態以使得僅呈現該體育賽事之即時播送之比賽部分,且其他內容可在賽前部分及賽後部分(例如,可通常在MSO頻道6上即時播送之賽前及/或賽後評論)期間在元頻道108f上呈現。Other meta-channel configurations are possible. For example, the content entry 132 indicates that a basketball sporting event received from the MSO channel 6 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108f. The meta channel 108f can be configured such that only the portion of the live broadcast of the sporting event is presented, and other content can be in the pre-game portion and the post-game portion (eg, before the game can be broadcast on MSO channel 6 in general and/or Or on the meta channel 108f during the post-match review.

舉例而言,內容輸入項134指示一自一網際網路視訊源接收之精選視訊經排程以(例如,代替可在MSO頻道6上即時播送之賽前評論)於約1 p.m.至1:30 p.m.在元頻道108f上呈現。一旦內容輸入項132所指示的該體育賽事之即時播送之比賽部分開始,該精選視訊即可能中斷。內容輸入項136指示該精選視訊之剩餘部分經排程以在即時播送之比賽報導已結束後在元頻道108f上呈現(例如,於約2:50 p.m.直至3:40 p.m.,代替可在MSO頻道6上即時播送之賽後評論)。間隙138出現在指南104上,其指示該精選視訊可能在經排程以於5 p.m.在元頻道108f上呈現的下一個節目(例如,如內容輸入項140所指示)開始之前結束。在由間隙138表示的時間段期間,電視螢幕可能空白,或可呈現其他內容,諸如一靜態廣告顯示、自一網際網路源接收之廣告內容、音訊音樂等。For example, the content entry 134 indicates a selected video schedule received from an internet video source (eg, instead of a pre-game comment that can be instantly broadcast on the MSO channel 6) from about 1 pm to 1:30. Pm is presented on meta channel 108f. Once the portion of the live broadcast of the sporting event indicated by the content entry 132 begins, the featured video may be interrupted. The content entry 136 indicates that the remainder of the featured video is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108f after the instant broadcasted game report has ended (eg, at approximately 2:50 pm up to 3:40 pm, instead of being available on the MSO channel) 6 on the live broadcast after the game comments). A gap 138 appears on the guide 104 indicating that the featured video may end before the next program (eg, as indicated by the content entry 140) scheduled to appear on the meta channel 108f is scheduled to begin at 5 p.m. During the time period represented by gap 138, the television screen may be blank, or other content may be presented, such as a static advertisement display, advertising content received from an internet source, audio music, and the like.

可定義一元頻道以顯示在另一元頻道上呈現之內容。舉例而言,內容輸入項140指示一足球比賽經排程以於4 p.m.至7 p.m.在元頻道108f上呈現,其中該足球比賽內容之源為元頻道號碼4(例如,元頻道108d)。換言之,在此實例中,當使用者在4 p.m.與7 p.m.之間調諧至元頻道108d或元頻道108f時,在電視螢幕106上呈現自MSO頻道9接收之足球比賽廣播。A meta channel can be defined to display content presented on another meta channel. For example, the content entry 140 indicates that a football match is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108f from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m., wherein the source of the soccer game content is the meta channel number 4 (eg, the meta channel 108d). In other words, in this example, when the user tunes to the meta channel 108d or the meta channel 108f between 4 p.m. and 7 p.m., the football match broadcast received from the MSO channel 9 is presented on the television screen 106.

如內容輸入項142所指示,一自MSO頻道7接收之娛樂節目(entertainment show)經排程以於4 p.m.開始在元頻道108g上呈現。如內容輸入項144所指示,內容輸入項142所指示之娛樂節目被自一網際網路源接收之視訊節目中斷。元頻道108g可經組態以使得正呈現之內容在一事件發生的情況下被其他內容中斷且替換。舉例而言,可定義一中斷事件,使得若發布一與一特定主題有關的新網際網路視訊,則下載、解碼且在元頻道108g上呈現該網際網路視訊。可將被中斷之內容記錄至一DVR上,且未看的部分可經排程以在一稍後時間觀看(例如,內容輸入項146指示該被中斷的娛樂節目之剩餘部分經排程以於7 p.m.開始在元頻道108g上呈現)。As indicated by the content entry 142, an entertainment show received from the MSO channel 7 is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108g starting at 4 p.m. As indicated by content entry 144, the entertainment program indicated by content entry 142 is interrupted by a video program received from an internet source. The meta channel 108g can be configured such that the content being presented is interrupted and replaced by other content in the event of an event occurring. For example, an interrupt event can be defined such that if a new Internet video associated with a particular topic is published, the Internet video is downloaded, decoded, and presented on the meta channel 108g. The interrupted content can be recorded onto a DVR, and the unviewed portion can be scheduled for viewing at a later time (eg, content entry 146 indicates that the remainder of the interrupted entertainment program is scheduled for 7 pm starts on the meta channel 108g).

使用者102可(例如)藉由使用遙控器107上之方向按鈕改變對一內容輸入項之選擇來巡覽指南104。該使用者可(例如)按壓遙控器107上之一按鈕以叫用(invoke)一待執行之與該選定內容輸入項有關的動作。舉例而言,該使用者可按壓一按鈕以切換至由該選定內容輸入項指示之元頻道(對於當前所呈現(例如,現正在元頻道上播放)之內容輸入項,該切換可導致該選定內容在電視螢幕106上顯現)。作為另一實例,使用者可按壓一按鈕以將由該選定內容輸入項表示之一節目記錄至一DVR,或可按壓一按鈕以獲得關於由該選定內容輸入項表示之一節目的更詳細資訊。The user 102 can navigate the guide 104, for example, by changing the selection of a content entry using a direction button on the remote control 107. The user can, for example, press a button on the remote control 107 to invoke an action to be performed related to the selected content entry. For example, the user can press a button to switch to the meta-channel indicated by the selected content entry (for a content entry currently presented (eg, currently playing on a meta-channel), the switching can result in the selection The content appears on the TV screen 106). As another example, a user may press a button to record a program represented by the selected content entry to a DVR, or may press a button to obtain more detailed information regarding a program represented by the selected content entry.

當一使用者在不同元頻道之間來回切換時,視一元頻道中之經排程內容輸入項之配置而定及/或視所呈現之內容的形式而定,內容源之切換可自動地發生。舉例而言,內容輸入項148指示自一第一網際網路視訊源接收之第一特技視訊經排程以在元頻道108e上呈現。當由內容輸入項148指示之該特技視訊完成時,自一第二網際網路視訊源接收之第二特技視訊經排程以在元頻道108e上呈現,如內容輸入項150所指示。When a user switches back and forth between different meta-channels, depending on the configuration of the scheduled content input in the unary channel and/or depending on the form of the presented content, the switching of the content source may occur automatically . For example, content entry 148 indicates that the first trick video received from a first internet video source is scheduled to be presented on meta channel 108e. When the stunt video is indicated by the content entry 148, the second trick video received from a second internet video source is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 108e as indicated by the content entry 150.

當呈現網際網路視訊內容時,一媒體系統可經組態以自一數位媒體配接器(DMA)接收內容。若使用者102在1 p.m.與4 p.m.之間正在觀賞元頻道108e,則一DMA可自該第一視訊源下載該第一特技視訊,且可隨後自該第二視訊源下載該第二特技視訊。換言之,可能自不同源(不同網際網路視訊源)接收鄰近內容輸入項之內容,但內容之類型(例如,網際網路視訊)可保持相同,此可導致一顯示器件之輸入源設定維持顯現來自一DMA之內容。作為另一實例,若該使用者在1 p.m.與4 p.m.之間觀賞元頻道108a,則可將一輸入源維持在用以自一MSO接收器接收內容之一設定,但該MSO接收器可經自動調諧以於3 p.m.自MSO頻道15切換至MSO頻道22。When presenting Internet video content, a media system can be configured to receive content from a Digital Media Adapter (DMA). If the user 102 is watching the meta channel 108e between 1 pm and 4 pm, a DMA can download the first trick video from the first video source, and then download the second special video from the second video source. . In other words, the content of the adjacent content input may be received from different sources (different Internet video sources), but the type of content (eg, Internet video) may remain the same, which may cause the input source setting of a display device to remain apparent. Content from a DMA. As another example, if the user views the meta channel 108a between 1 pm and 4 pm, an input source can be maintained at one of the settings for receiving content from an MSO receiver, but the MSO receiver can pass Auto-tuning to switch from MSO channel 15 to MSO channel 22 at 3 pm.

相比之下,若(例如)該使用者於2 p.m.自元頻道108e手動切換(例如,藉由按壓遙控器107上之一按鈕)至元頻道108d,則由內容輸入項148指示的該特技視訊之顯示可由內容輸入項126所指示的該足球比賽之顯示替換。由於由內容輸入項126指示的內容之源類型(例如,MSO頻道)不同於由內容輸入項148指示的內容之源類型(例如,網際網路視訊),故一顯示器件之輸入源設定可能改變,且可控制該媒體系統以自該新類型之源接收內容且輸出內容。作為另一實例,若該使用者在1 p.m.與5 p.m.之間觀賞元頻道108b,則該媒體系統可將一輸入源自一點播視訊源切換至一網際網路視訊源,以在由內容輸入項118指示的記錄片(點播視訊)之後呈現由內容輸入項120指示的音樂會視訊(網際網路視訊)。In contrast, if, for example, the user manually switches from the meta channel 108e at 2 pm (eg, by pressing a button on the remote control 107) to the meta channel 108d, the stunt is indicated by the content entry 148. The display of the video can be replaced by the display of the football match indicated by the content entry 126. Since the source type (e.g., MSO channel) of the content indicated by the content entry 126 is different from the source type of the content indicated by the content entry 148 (e.g., Internet video), the input source settings of a display device may change. And the media system can be controlled to receive content from the source of the new type and output the content. As another example, if the user views the meta channel 108b between 1 pm and 5 pm, the media system can switch an input from the one-point source to an internet video source for input by content. The concert video (on-demand video) indicated by item 118 is followed by a concert video (internet video) indicated by content entry 120.

藉由使用元頻道來體驗內容,最終消費者可將可用內容選項之巨大數目減小至一可管理數目以供使用者選擇。識別有趣內容及查核該巨大數目個內容選項之任務可分散在元頻道之使用者(例如,內容駕馭者及共用的使用者元頻道)之間且藉此減小個別使用者識別有趣內容之負荷。實情為,在體驗內容時,個別使用者可選擇該使用者感興趣的元頻道之一小子集且接著在彼等元頻道中進行選擇。個別使用者可基於元頻道之題目或管理元頻道之內容駕馭者的吸引力來選擇元頻道。By using the meta channel to experience content, the end consumer can reduce the huge number of available content options to a manageable number for the user to select. The task of identifying interesting content and checking the vast number of content options can be spread among users of the meta channel (eg, content drivers and shared user meta channels) and thereby reducing the load of individual users identifying interesting content. . The reality is that when experiencing content, individual users can select a small subset of the meta-channels that the user is interested in and then select among their meta-channels. Individual users can select a meta channel based on the topic of the meta channel or the attraction of the content controller of the management meta channel.

另外,將許多不同形式之內容組織於單一頻道中可藉由(例如)減小選擇及感知不同形式之內容所需的時間/專業知識之量來增強使用者之觀看體驗。具體言之,當自動控制媒體系統以執行使用者之此等操作時,使用者不必在不同器件或位置之間移動以感知不同形式之內容。此外,與各自指向一特定形式之內容的多個位置或介面相反,可於一單一位置或介面獲得該等不同形式之內容。In addition, organizing many different forms of content into a single channel can enhance the user's viewing experience by, for example, reducing the amount of time/expert knowledge required to select and perceive different forms of content. In particular, when the media system is automatically controlled to perform such operations by the user, the user does not have to move between different devices or locations to perceive different forms of content. Moreover, in contrast to a plurality of locations or interfaces that each point to a particular form of content, the different forms of content may be obtained in a single location or interface.

圖2圖解闡釋一元頻道系統200。在一電視202上顯現內容。電視202可為類比或數位電視。在一些實施中,可使用不同於電視的另一類型之顯示器(例如,電腦監視器)。可經由一AV(音訊/視訊)埠自一或多個廣播公司204(諸如,自一或多個MSO)接收數位及/或類比視訊內容。FIG. 2 illustrates an unary channel system 200. The content is presented on a television 202. Television 202 can be an analog or digital television. In some implementations, another type of display (eg, a computer monitor) than a television can be used. Digital and/or analog video content may be received via one AV (audio/video) from one or more broadcasters 204 (such as from one or more MSOs).

亦可自一網際網路DMA 206接收視訊內容。網際網路DMA 206可經由網路208自一或多個網際網路視訊源210接收網際網路視訊內容。網際網路視訊源210可為使可經由網際網路獲得一視訊檔案或一視訊饋給(例如,podcast(iPod廣播))之源,或可為另一類型之點對點資源,諸如BitTorrent檔案。網際網路DMA 206可經組態以儲存(例如,快取)視訊內容。網路208可為一或多個公共或私用、有線或無線網路(諸如,網際網路),或可為一會期起始協定(SIP)網路,諸如由TelTel提供之PsipTN網路。Video content can also be received from an internet DMA 206. Internet DMA 206 can receive Internet video content from one or more Internet video sources 210 via network 208. The Internet video source 210 can be a source for obtaining a video file or a video feed (e.g., a podcast) via the Internet, or can be another type of peer-to-peer resource, such as a BitTorrent file. Internet DMA 206 can be configured to store (e.g., cache) video content. Network 208 can be one or more public or private, wired or wireless networks (such as the Internet), or can be a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) network, such as the PsipTN network provided by TelTel. .

元頻道定義可涉及一或多個內容輸入項211。內容輸入項211為關於將在電視202上顯示的節目內容之資訊之集合。舉例而言,對於自MSO 204接收之節目內容,內容輸入項211可包括關於節目時間、標題、描述、頻道號碼、開始時間及停止時間之資訊。作為另一實例,內容輸入項211可涉及一EPG(電子節目指南)之網際網路饋給,該EPG可包括或提供與自MSO 204接收之節目內容有關的資訊。對於自網際網路視訊源210接收之節目內容,內容輸入項211可包括(例如)網際網路視訊資源210之URL,或一BitTorrent torrent檔案之名稱及/或位址。內容輸入項211亦可包括其他資訊,諸如節目之類型(genre)或分類(例如,兒童節目、肥皂劇、體育賽事、娛樂等)或收視率(例如,尼爾森(Nielsen)收視率、網際網路網誌(Internet blog)收視率)。The meta channel definition may relate to one or more content entry 211. The content entry 211 is a collection of information about the content of the program to be displayed on the television 202. For example, for program content received from MSO 204, content entry 211 may include information regarding program time, title, description, channel number, start time, and stop time. As another example, the content entry 211 can relate to an internet feed of an EPG (Electronic Program Guide) that can include or provide information related to program content received from the MSO 204. For program content received from the Internet video source 210, the content entry 211 can include, for example, the URL of the Internet video resource 210, or the name and/or address of a BitTorrent torrent file. The content entry 211 may also include other information such as the type of program (genre) or classification (eg, children's programs, soap operas, sporting events, entertainment, etc.) or ratings (eg, Nielsen ratings, Internet) Zhi (Internet blog) ratings).

內容輸入項伺服器212可為將內容輸入項211添加至元頻道系統200以令使用者能夠將所添加之內容輸入項包括於元頻道中的伺服器。舉例而言,內容輸入項伺服器212可自各種第三方源(例如,EPG、網際網路視訊提供者、收視率服務提供者等)存取內容輸入項211,且可將該等所存取之內容輸入項儲存於駐留於內容輸入項伺服器212之儲存庫或元頻道資料庫222中。The content entry server 212 can be a server that adds the content entry 211 to the meta channel system 200 to enable the user to include the added content input in the meta channel. For example, the content entry server 212 can access the content entry 211 from various third party sources (eg, an EPG, an internet video provider, a rating service provider, etc.) and can access the content The content entry is stored in a repository or meta-channel repository 222 that resides in the content entry server 212.

一管理員213可使用一管理員入口網站使用者介面214管理使用內容輸入項伺服器212添加至元頻道系統200之內容輸入項211。舉例而言,管理員213可選擇將哪些內容輸入項添加至元頻道系統200(例如,管理員213可濾出對應於不當內容之內容輸入項)且可選擇將哪些內容輸入項自元頻道系統200移除(例如,管理員213可移除對應於已廣播或已可在元頻道系統200上獲得歷時相對較長時間段且很少感興趣的相對較舊內容之內容輸入項)。管理員213可使用管理員入口網站使用者介面214直接管理可在元頻道系統200上獲得的該等內容輸入項,或可使用管理員入口網站使用者介面214定義內容輸入項伺服器212自動實施以管理可在元頻道系統200上獲得的該等內容輸入項之一組規則。An administrator 213 can manage the content entry 211 added to the meta channel system 200 using the content entry server 212 using an administrator portal user interface 214. For example, the administrator 213 can select which content input items to add to the meta channel system 200 (eg, the administrator 213 can filter out content input items corresponding to inappropriate content) and can select which content input items from the meta channel system. 200 removal (eg, the administrator 213 may remove content entries corresponding to relatively older content that have been broadcast or have been available on the meta channel system 200 for a relatively long period of time and that are of little interest). The administrator 213 can directly manage the content entries available on the meta channel system 200 using the administrator portal user interface 214, or can be automatically implemented using the administrator portal user interface 214 to define the content entry server 212. To manage a set of rules for such content entries that are available on the meta channel system 200.

元頻道可(例如)由一最終使用者215或由一「內容駕馭者」216定義。內容駕馭者216建立且發布使得可由使用者215獲得之元頻道定義。一內容駕馭者入口網站伺服器218可將一內容駕馭者入口網站使用者介面220提供至內容駕馭者216。使用內容駕馭者入口網站使用者介面220,內容駕馭者216可藉由選擇內容輸入項211來定義一元頻道,該等內容輸入項211指示內容將於特定日子及時間在一所定義之元頻道上播送。舉例而言,內容駕馭者216可選擇關於內容之一類別或與一特定使用者群組有關的內容輸入項,諸如與一特定演藝者、運動隊或比賽有關的內容。一內容駕馭者亦可建立自訂視訊內容及/或廣告且使其可獲得。由內容駕馭者216定義之元頻道可儲存於一元頻道資料庫222中。The meta channel can be defined, for example, by an end user 215 or by a "content controller" 216. Content driver 216 establishes and publishes a meta channel definition that is available to user 215. A content driver portal website 218 can provide a content driver portal user interface 220 to the content driver 216. Using the content driver portal user interface 220, the content driver 216 can define a meta channel by selecting the content entry 211, which indicates that the content will be on a defined meta channel on a particular day and time. broadcast. For example, content driver 216 may select content items related to one of the categories of content or related to a particular group of users, such as content related to a particular entertainer, sports team, or game. A content driver can also create custom video content and/or advertisements and make them available. The meta channel defined by content driver 216 can be stored in unary channel library 222.

一使用者入口網站伺服器224可將一使用者入口網站使用者介面226提供至使用者215。在定義元頻道之前,使用者215可能需要(使用(例如)使用者入口網站使用者介面226)註冊以獲得元頻道服務。在註冊時,使用者215可提供使用者215可用的MSO頻道之一清單。使用使用者入口網站使用者介面226,使用者215可定義元頻道及/或可選擇使用或訂用由內容駕馭者216定義之元頻道。對於MSO內容,由使用者定義元頻道所允許的對內容輸入項之選擇可能限於與使用者215可用之MSO頻道有關的內容輸入項。類似於內容駕馭者216,使用者215可藉由選擇一或多個內容輸入項211以在一特定日子及時間在一特定元頻道上播送來定義一或多個元頻道。該使用者可指派一頻道號碼(例如,「3」)以對應於一所定義之元頻道。由使用者215定義之元頻道可儲存於元頻道資料庫222中。A user portal website server 224 can provide a user portal website user interface 226 to the user 215. Before defining the meta channel, the user 215 may need to register (eg, using the user portal user interface 226) to obtain the meta channel service. At registration, the user 215 can provide a list of one of the MSO channels available to the user 215. Using the user portal user interface 226, the user 215 can define a meta channel and/or can optionally use or subscribe to a meta channel defined by the content driver 216. For MSO content, the selection of content inputs allowed by the user-defined meta channel may be limited to content inputs related to the MSO channel available to the user 215. Similar to content driver 216, user 215 can define one or more meta channels by selecting one or more content input items 211 to broadcast on a particular meta channel on a particular day and time. The user can assign a channel number (eg, "3") to correspond to a defined meta channel. The meta channel defined by the user 215 can be stored in the meta channel database 222.

元頻道伺服器230可經由網路208將包括由使用者215定義之元頻道之一清單的元頻道資訊傳達至一元頻道基地台232。元頻道基地台232可儲存(例如,快取)自元頻道伺服器230接收之元頻道資訊。元頻道基地台232可與一或多個遙控器件234無線地通信。遙控器件234可(例如,使用紅外線(IR)技術)與電視202通信。遙控器件234可包括一小型顯示幕。The meta channel server 230 can communicate the meta channel information including a list of one of the meta channels defined by the user 215 to the unary channel base station 232 via the network 208. The meta channel base station 232 can store (e.g., cache) meta channel information received from the meta channel server 230. The meta-channel base station 232 can communicate wirelessly with one or more remote control devices 234. Remote control device 234 can communicate with television 202 (e.g., using infrared (IR) technology). Remote control device 234 can include a small display screen.

元頻道基地台232可經組態以自一遙控器件234接收一信號,該信號指示一對應於在遙控器件234上按壓之按鈕的頻道號碼。元頻道基地台232可經組態以將該信號轉遞至元頻道伺服器230。元頻道伺服器230可經組態以將一接收到的信號映射至一使用者之元頻道,且識別由該使用者之元頻道定義之一內容輸入項。元頻道伺服器230可經組態以將指示對應於經識別之內容輸入項的MSO頻道之一控制命令發送至元頻道基地台232。元頻道基地台232可經組態以將該控制信號轉遞至遙控器件234a,且遙控器件234a可經組態以將指示頻道改變的一IR信號發送至電視202。電視202可經組態以接收該IR信號,且可經組態以調諧至指定頻道(例如,頻道22)以顯示廣播電視內容。The meta-channel base station 232 can be configured to receive a signal from a remote control device 234 indicating a channel number corresponding to a button pressed on the remote control device 234. The meta channel base station 232 can be configured to forward the signal to the meta channel server 230. The meta channel server 230 can be configured to map a received signal to a user's meta channel and identify a content entry defined by the user's meta channel. The meta channel server 230 can be configured to send a control command indicating one of the MSO channels corresponding to the identified content entry to the meta channel base station 232. The meta-channel base station 232 can be configured to forward the control signal to the remote control device 234a, and the remote control device 234a can be configured to transmit an IR signal indicative of a channel change to the television 202. Television 202 can be configured to receive the IR signal and can be configured to tune to a designated channel (e.g., channel 22) to display broadcast television content.

可將遙控器件234a、234b及234c中之每一者指派給一特定使用者(例如,母親、父親及孩子)。相應地,當元頻道基地台232自遙控器件234a、234b及234c中之一者接收到一命令時,元頻道基地台232(或元頻道伺服器230)可識別指派給該遙控器之特定使用者且使用針對該特定使用者組態之自訂元頻道。Each of the remote control devices 234a, 234b, and 234c can be assigned to a particular user (eg, mother, father, and child). Accordingly, when the meta channel base station 232 receives a command from one of the remote control devices 234a, 234b, and 234c, the meta channel base station 232 (or the meta channel server 230) can identify the particular use assigned to the remote control. And use a custom meta channel configured for that particular user.

舉例而言,可將遙控器件234a指派給一父親使用者,且可將遙控器件234b指派給一母親使用者。在此實例中,當元頻道基地台232自遙控器件234a接收到一命令時,將該命令映射至由該父親使用者自訂之元頻道資訊(例如,可將調諧至元頻道3之命令映射至一體育元頻道)。當元頻道基地台232自遙控器件234b接收到一命令時,將該命令映射至由該母親使用者自訂之元頻道資訊(例如,可將調諧至元頻道3之命令映射至一肥皂劇元頻道)。For example, remote control device 234a can be assigned to a parent user and remote control device 234b can be assigned to a mother user. In this example, when the meta channel base station 232 receives a command from the remote control device 234a, the command is mapped to the meta channel information customized by the father user (eg, the command mapping to the meta channel 3 can be mapped) To a sports yuan channel). When the meta channel base station 232 receives a command from the remote control device 234b, the command is mapped to the meta channel information customized by the mother user (eg, the command to tune to the meta channel 3 can be mapped to a soap opera channel) ).

圖3為圖解闡釋一種用於控制一媒體器件之電腦實施的程序300之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序300包括儲存元頻道資訊、接收對一元頻道之選擇、存取對應於該選擇之元頻道資訊、將該元頻道選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之內容,及控制一媒體器件以顯現映射至該選定元頻道之內容。3 is a flow chart diagrammatically illustrating a computer 300 for controlling a computer device implementation. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 300 includes storing meta-channel information, receiving a selection of a meta-channel, accessing meta-channel information corresponding to the selection, mapping the meta-channel selection to content defined by the selected meta-channel, and A media device is controlled to visualize the content mapped to the selected meta channel.

更詳細地,當程序300開始時,儲存元頻道資訊(302)。舉例而言,元頻道資訊可定義多個元頻道,其中每一元頻道可涉及多個內容輸入項且定義在一特定元頻道上呈現內容輸入項之次序。一內容輸入項與可自一內容提供者(諸如,一電視廣播公司或一網際網路視訊源)獲得的內容有關。元頻道資訊可儲存於一中央儲存庫中,且可轉移至一駐留於(例如)一使用者之家中的元頻道基地台且在該元頻道基地台上快取。該元頻道資訊可包括顯示圖1中所示之元頻道指南104所需之資訊。In more detail, when program 300 begins, meta-channel information is stored (302). For example, the meta channel information can define a plurality of meta channels, wherein each meta channel can relate to a plurality of content input items and define an order in which the content input items are presented on a particular meta channel. A content entry is associated with content that is obtainable from a content provider, such as a television broadcaster or an internet video source. The meta-channel information can be stored in a central repository and can be transferred to a meta-channel base station residing in, for example, a user's home and cached on the meta-channel base station. The meta channel information may include information required to display the meta channel guide 104 shown in FIG.

在儲存元頻道資訊之後,接收對一元頻道之一選擇(304)。舉例而言,一使用者可按壓一遙控器件上之按鈕,其指示對一元頻道號碼(例如,頻道「3」)之選擇。該遙控器件可將指示該選定頻道號碼之一輸入控制命令傳達至該元頻道基地台。該元頻道基地台可將該輸入控制命令轉遞至一元頻道伺服器。After storing the meta channel information, one of the unary channels is selected (304). For example, a user can press a button on a remote control device that indicates the selection of a meta channel number (eg, channel "3"). The remote control device can communicate an input control command indicating one of the selected channel numbers to the meta channel base station. The meta channel base station can forward the input control command to the unary channel server.

在接收到對一元頻道之該選擇之後,存取對應於該選擇之元頻道資訊(306)。舉例而言,可於該元頻道伺服器處接收一對應於一選定元頻道號碼(例如,頻道「3」)之輸入控制命令。回應於接收到該輸入控制命令,該元頻道伺服器為鍵入該命令之使用者存取對應於頻道「3」之元頻道資訊。該元頻道伺服器可自由該元頻道伺服器管理之一元頻道資料庫存取該元頻道資訊。After receiving the selection for the unary channel, the meta channel information corresponding to the selection is accessed (306). For example, an input control command corresponding to a selected meta channel number (e.g., channel "3") can be received at the meta channel server. In response to receiving the input control command, the meta channel server accesses the meta channel information corresponding to channel "3" for the user who entered the command. The meta channel server can freely access the meta channel information from the meta channel server to manage the meta channel information.

接下來,將該元頻道選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之內容(308)。舉例而言,可存取一對應於該選定元頻道及當前日子及時間之內容輸入項,以識別當前經排程以在該選定元頻道上呈現之內容。在一些實施中,可排程自一特定有線電視頻道接收之廣播電視內容以予以呈現,且將該元頻道選擇映射至該廣播電視內容。其他實例包括將該選擇映射至與一網際網路視訊、音訊CD音樂或來自一「點播」有線電視服務之內容有關的內容。Next, the meta channel selection is mapped to the content defined by the selected meta channel (308). For example, a content entry corresponding to the selected meta channel and the current day and time can be accessed to identify content that is currently scheduled to be presented on the selected meta channel. In some implementations, broadcast television content received from a particular cable television channel can be scheduled for presentation and the meta-channel selection is mapped to the broadcast television content. Other examples include mapping the selection to content related to an internet video, audio CD music, or content from an "on-demand" cable television service.

控制一媒體器件以顯現映射至該選定元頻道之內容(310)。舉例而言,可將一電視接收器調諧至由該映射的內容輸入項指示之一特定頻道,且可在一電視顯示器上顯現自該電視接收器接收之電視廣播。作為另一實例,可將一網際網路視訊下載至一媒體配接器、對該網際網路視訊進行解碼且於一電視顯示幕上顯現該網際網路視訊。亦可經由一網路串流該網際網路視訊,且於電視顯示幕上顯現該網際網路視訊。A media device is controlled to visualize the content mapped to the selected meta channel (310). For example, a television receiver can be tuned to a particular channel indicated by the mapped content entry and a television broadcast received from the television receiver can be presented on a television display. As another example, an internet video can be downloaded to a media adapter, the internet video can be decoded, and the internet video displayed on a television display. The internet video can also be streamed through a network, and the internet video is displayed on the television display.

在一些實施中,可在選擇該元頻道之前將該網際網路視訊下載至該媒體配接器。在此等實施中,在選擇該元頻道之前下載至該媒體配接器的該網際網路視訊用於在一電視顯示幕上顯現該網際網路視訊。亦可預先轉碼在選擇該源頻道之前下載至該媒體配接器的該網際網路視訊以使得能夠在選擇後較快地顯現該網際網路視訊。在選擇該元頻道之前下載及預先轉碼該網際網路視訊可致能增強的使用者體驗(特別對於具有一相對較長下載時間的相對較大檔案而言),因為相比於需要下載至媒體配接器之網際網路視訊,該所下載且經預先轉碼之網際網路視訊可較快地顯現。圖16至圖26中所圖解闡釋之實例可用於在選擇元頻道之前下載及預先轉碼網際網路視訊。In some implementations, the internet video can be downloaded to the media adapter prior to selecting the meta channel. In such implementations, the internet video downloaded to the media adapter prior to selecting the meta-channel is used to visualize the internet video on a television display. The internet video downloaded to the media adapter prior to selecting the source channel may also be pre-transcoded to enable the Internet video to be rendered faster after selection. Downloading and pre-transcoding the Internet video before selecting the meta channel can result in an enhanced user experience (especially for relatively large files with a relatively long download time) because it is downloaded to The Internet adapter of the media adapter, the downloaded and pre-transcoded Internet video can appear faster. The examples illustrated in Figures 16 through 26 can be used to download and pre-transcode Internet video prior to selecting a meta channel.

圖4為圖解闡釋一種用於切換元頻道之電腦實施的程序400之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序400包括接收使用者輸入以自一第一元頻道切換至一第二元頻道、識別由該第一元頻道定義之一第一內容源、識別由該第二元頻道定義之一第二內容源,及判定該第一源是否不同於該第二源。若判定該第一源不同於該第二源,則程序400進一步包括將媒體器件之輸入源改變至該第二源,及控制該第二源以提供由該第二元頻道定義之內容。若判定該第一源係相同於該第二源,則程序400進一步包括將該媒體器件之該輸入源維持為該第一源,及控制該第一源以提供由該第二元頻道定義之內容。4 is a flow chart diagram illustrating a computer implemented program 400 for switching meta channels. Briefly, the computer-implemented process 400 includes receiving user input to switch from a first meta-channel to a second meta-channel, identifying a first content source defined by the first meta-channel, identifying the second element The channel defines one of the second content sources and determines whether the first source is different from the second source. If it is determined that the first source is different from the second source, the routine 400 further includes changing an input source of the media device to the second source, and controlling the second source to provide content defined by the second meta channel. If it is determined that the first source is the same as the second source, the process 400 further includes maintaining the input source of the media device as the first source, and controlling the first source to provide a definition by the second meta channel. content.

更詳細地,當程序400開始時,接收用以自一第一元頻道切換至一第二元頻道之使用者輸入(402)。舉例而言,一使用者可能正觀賞當前正呈現與一第一元頻道號碼(例如,元頻道「4」)相關聯之內容的電視。該使用者可按壓一遙控器件上之一按鈕,其指示選擇一第二元頻道號碼(例如,元頻道「3」)。該遙控器件可將指示該選定元頻道號碼之一輸入控制命令傳達至元頻道基地台,且該元頻道基地台可將該輸入控制命令轉遞至一元頻道伺服器。In more detail, when the process 400 begins, a user input (402) for switching from a first meta channel to a second meta channel is received. For example, a user may be viewing a television that is currently presenting content associated with a first meta channel number (eg, meta channel "4"). The user can press a button on a remote control device to indicate the selection of a second meta channel number (eg, meta channel "3"). The remote control device can transmit an input control command indicating one of the selected meta channel numbers to the meta channel base station, and the meta channel base station can forward the input control command to the unary channel server.

識別由該第一元頻道定義之一第一內容源(404)。舉例而言,可識別該第一元頻道上之當前呈現內容,且可識別該當前呈現內容之一內容源。該第一源可為一MSO電視廣播或一網際網路視訊資源。在一些實例中,該第一源可經識別為:一電視接收器(例如,一有線機上盒),其接收一MSO電視廣播且輸出該MSO電視廣播之一視訊信號;或一網際網路DMA,其下載一IP視訊且輸出該IP視訊之一視訊信號。A first content source (404) defined by the first meta channel is identified. For example, the current rendered content on the first meta channel can be identified and one of the content sources of the current rendered content can be identified. The first source can be an MSO television broadcast or an internet video resource. In some examples, the first source can be identified as: a television receiver (eg, a cable set-top box) that receives an MSO television broadcast and outputs one of the MSO television broadcasts; or an internet network DMA, which downloads an IP video and outputs one of the video signals of the IP video.

識別由該第二元頻道定義之一第二內容源(406)。舉例而言,可識別經排程以於當前日子及時間在該第二元頻道上呈現之內容,且可識別該經排程內容之一內容源,諸如一MSO電視廣播或一網際網路視訊資源。A second content source (406) defined by the second meta channel is identified. For example, the content scheduled to be presented on the second meta channel at the current day and time can be identified, and one of the content sources of the scheduled content can be identified, such as an MSO television broadcast or an internet video. Resources.

接下來,判定該第一源是否不同於該第二源(408)。舉例而言,若該第一源為一MSO電視廣播且該第二源為一網際網路視訊資源,則可判定該第一源不同於該第二源。若(例如)該第一源及該第二源均為MSO電視廣播,則可判定該第一源係相同於該第二源。在一些實例中,當該等源顯現一類似類型之內容(但來自不同內容提供者或使用不同傳遞機制)時,該第一源與該第二源可能不同(例如,該第一源可能為一有線機上盒,且該第二源可能為一衛星電視接收器)。Next, it is determined whether the first source is different from the second source (408). For example, if the first source is an MSO television broadcast and the second source is an internet video resource, the first source may be determined to be different from the second source. If, for example, the first source and the second source are both MSO television broadcasts, it can be determined that the first source is the same as the second source. In some instances, when the sources present a similar type of content (but from a different content provider or use a different delivery mechanism), the first source may be different from the second source (eg, the first source may be A cable set-top box, and the second source may be a satellite television receiver).

若該第一源不同於該第二源,則將該媒體器件之輸入源改變至該第二源(410)。舉例而言,若該第一源為一MSO電視廣播且該第二源為一網際網路視訊,則可將該媒體器件之該輸入源改變為網際網路視訊(例如,自一網際網路媒體配接器接收輸入)。作為另一實例,若該第一源為一網際網路視訊且該第二源為一MSO電視廣播,則可將該媒體器件之該輸入源改變為MSO電視廣播(例如,自一電視接收器接收輸入)。該輸入源可無人為干預地自動改變。If the first source is different from the second source, the input source of the media device is changed to the second source (410). For example, if the first source is an MSO television broadcast and the second source is an internet video, the input source of the media device can be changed to internet video (eg, from an internet network). The media adapter receives the input). As another example, if the first source is an internet video and the second source is an MSO television broadcast, the input source of the media device can be changed to an MSO television broadcast (eg, from a television receiver) Receive input). This input source can be automatically changed without intervention.

在改變該媒體器件之該輸入源之後,控制該第二源以提供由該第二元頻道定義之內容(412),藉此結束程序400。舉例而言,若將該第二源改變為網際網路視訊,則可在一電視顯示器上顯現一網際網路視訊資源。在此實例中,該網際網路視訊資源可回應於輸入源之改變而經下載、解碼及顯現,可回應於輸入源之改變而經由一網路串流,或可回應於輸入源之改變而使用在輸入源改變之前下載的該網際網路視訊資源之一版本顯現。作為另一實例,若將該第二源改變為一MSO電視廣播,則可將一接收器調諧至由該第二內容源指示之一MSO頻道,且可在一電視顯示器上顯現自該MSO頻道廣播之視訊內容。After changing the input source of the media device, the second source is controlled to provide content (412) defined by the second meta-channel, thereby ending the process 400. For example, if the second source is changed to internet video, an internet video resource can be displayed on a television display. In this example, the Internet video resource can be downloaded, decoded, and visualized in response to changes in the input source, can be streamed via a network in response to changes in the input source, or can be responsive to changes in the input source. A version of the internet video resource downloaded prior to the input source change appears. As another example, if the second source is changed to an MSO television broadcast, a receiver can be tuned to one of the MSO channels indicated by the second content source and can be presented on the television display from the MSO channel. Broadcast video content.

若該第一源係相同於該第二源(例如,在步驟408中),則將該媒體器件之該輸入源維持為該第一源(414)。舉例而言,若該第一源及該第二源均為MSO電視廣播,則將該媒體器件之該輸入源維持為MSO電視廣播(例如,以繼續自一電視接收器接收輸入)。作為另一實例,若該第一源及該第二源均為網際網路視訊,則將該媒體器件之該輸入源維持為網際網路視訊(例如,以繼續自一網際網路媒體配接器接收輸入)。If the first source is the same as the second source (eg, in step 408), the input source of the media device is maintained as the first source (414). For example, if the first source and the second source are both MSO television broadcasts, the input source of the media device is maintained as an MSO television broadcast (eg, to continue receiving input from a television receiver). As another example, if the first source and the second source are both Internet video, the input source of the media device is maintained as an Internet video (eg, to continue to be connected to an Internet media). Receive input).

控制該第一源以提供由該第二元頻道定義之內容(416),藉此結束程序400。舉例而言,若由該第二元頻道定義之內容為網際網路視訊,則可在一電視顯示器上顯現一網際網路視訊資源。在此實例中,該網際網路視訊資源可回應於元頻道之改變而經下載、解碼及顯現,可回應於元頻道之改變而經由一網路串流,或可回應於元頻道之改變而使用在元頻道改變之前下載的該網際網路視訊資源之一版本顯現。作為另一實例,若由該第二元頻道定義之內容為一MSO電視廣播,則可將一接收器調諧至由該第二內容源指示之一MSO頻道,且可在一電視顯示器上顯現自該MSO頻道廣播之視訊內容。The first source is controlled to provide content (416) defined by the second meta-channel, thereby ending the process 400. For example, if the content defined by the second meta channel is internet video, an internet video resource can be displayed on a television display. In this example, the Internet video resource can be downloaded, decoded, and displayed in response to changes in the meta channel, can be streamed via a network in response to changes in the meta channel, or can be responsive to changes in the meta channel. A version of the internet video resource downloaded prior to the meta channel change appears. As another example, if the content defined by the second meta channel is an MSO television broadcast, a receiver can be tuned to one of the MSO channels indicated by the second content source, and can be displayed on a television display. The video content broadcast by the MSO channel.

圖5為圖解闡釋一種用於定義一元頻道之電腦實施的程序500之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序500包括獲取頻道資訊資源、接收對內容之選擇以於特定時間包括於一元頻道中、基於對內容之該選擇定義元頻道、儲存該元頻道定義,及使該元頻道可為一或多個使用者所用。FIG. 5 is a flow chart diagram illustrating a computer implemented program 500 for defining a one-channel channel. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 500 includes obtaining channel information resources, receiving a selection of content for inclusion in a meta-channel at a particular time, defining a meta-channel based on the selection of the content, storing the meta-channel definition, and causing the element Channels can be used by one or more users.

首先,獲取頻道資訊資源(502)。舉例而言,可(諸如)自一EPG獲取許多內容輸入項,每一內容輸入項包括關於節目內容之資訊之集合。對於自一MSO接收之節目內容,一所獲取的內容輸入項可包括關於節目時間、標題、描述、頻道號碼、開始時間及停止時間等之資訊。對於自一網際網路視訊源接收之節目內容,一所獲取的內容輸入項可包括(例如)該網際網路視訊資源之URL、該視訊之一描述、該視訊之一標題、該視訊之一源、該視訊之一長度等。一所獲取的內容輸入項亦可包括其他資訊,諸如節目之類型或分類(例如,兒童節目、肥皂劇、體育賽事、娛樂等)或收視率(例如,尼爾森收視率、網際網路網誌收視率)。可按照各種屬性(諸如,廣播之日子及時間(對於MSO內容)、類型、收視率等)來分類及組織所獲取的內容輸入項。First, the channel information resource (502) is obtained. For example, a number of content inputs can be obtained, such as from an EPG, each content entry including a collection of information about the content of the program. For program content received from an MSO, an acquired content entry may include information regarding program time, title, description, channel number, start time, and stop time. For the content of the program received from an internet video source, an acquired content input may include, for example, a URL of the internet video resource, a description of the video, a title of the video, and one of the videos. Source, length of one of the video, etc. An acquired content entry may also include other information such as the type or classification of the program (eg, children's programs, soap operas, sports events, entertainment, etc.) or ratings (eg, Nielsen ratings, Internet blog ratings) ). The acquired content inputs can be classified and organized according to various attributes such as the day and time of the broadcast (for MSO content), type, ratings, and the like.

接下來,接收對內容之選擇以於特定時間包括於一元頻道中(504)。舉例而言,最終使用者或「內容駕馭者」可使用一使用者介面來選擇各種內容輸入項以包括於一元頻道中。最終使用者或內容駕馭者可選擇與一感興趣的特定類別(例如,體育、一特定演藝者等)有關的內容輸入項。使用者可選擇內容以於特定日子及時間及/或在循環日子及時間出現於元頻道上。可為元頻道中之每一時槽選擇一內容輸入項。可選擇來自各種源(例如,MSO頻道、網際網路視訊、點播內容、音訊音樂等)之內容。Next, the selection of the content is received for inclusion in the unary channel at a particular time (504). For example, the end user or "content controller" can use a user interface to select various content items to include in the unary channel. The end user or content driver can select a content entry that is related to a particular category of interest (eg, sports, a particular entertainer, etc.). The user can select content to appear on the meta channel on a particular day and time and/or on a recurring day and time. A content entry can be selected for each time slot in the meta channel. Content from a variety of sources (eg, MSO channels, Internet video, on-demand content, audio music, etc.) can be selected.

基於對內容之該等選擇定義該元頻道(506)。舉例而言,可建立一元頻道定義,其涉及對內容之該等選擇以包括於該元頻道中,且亦可包括一所指派的元頻道號碼,及(視情況)使用者指派的元頻道標題及描述。The meta channel is defined based on the selection of the content (506). For example, a meta-channel definition can be established that involves the selection of content for inclusion in the meta-channel, and can also include an assigned meta-channel number, and (as appropriate) a user-assigned meta-channel title. And description.

儲存該元頻道定義(508)。舉例而言,可將該元頻道定義儲存於由一中央元頻道伺服器管理的一中央儲存庫或資料庫中。The meta channel definition is stored (508). For example, the meta channel definition can be stored in a central repository or repository managed by a central meta channel server.

使該元頻道可為一或多個使用者所用(510)。舉例而言,對於由一內容駕馭者定義之元頻道,可使得該等元頻道可為該系統中之所有使用者或特定使用者群組所用。可使得由內容駕馭者建立之元頻道可用於由最終使用者在一最終使用者使用者介面中選擇(例如,以允許使用者訂用內容駕馭者定義之元頻道)。對於由一特定最終使用者定義之元頻道,若該特定最終使用者決定共用該元頻道定義,則可使得該元頻道可為該使用者所用或可為該系統中之所有使用者或特定使用者群組所用。The meta channel can be used by one or more users (510). For example, for meta-channels defined by a content driver, the meta-channels can be made available to all users or groups of specific users in the system. The meta-channels established by the content stewards may be made available to the end user to select from among the end user user interfaces (eg, to allow the user to subscribe to the meta-channel defined by the content driver). For a meta channel defined by a particular end user, if the particular end user decides to share the meta channel definition, the meta channel may be made available to the user or may be used by all users or specific users in the system. Used by the group.

在一些實例中,可將元頻道資訊下載或快取至一與該使用者相關聯之元頻道基地台。該元頻道基地台可接著與一或多個遙控器件無線通信,其中一遙控器件允許一使用者選擇一元頻道來觀看呈現於該元頻道上之內容。In some instances, the meta channel information can be downloaded or cached to a meta channel base station associated with the user. The meta-channel base station can then wirelessly communicate with one or more remote control devices, with a remote control device allowing a user to select a meta-channel to view content presented on the meta-channel.

圖6為圖解闡釋一種用於針對一使用者自訂一元頻道表之電腦實施的程序600之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序600包括鑑認一使用者、呈現可用元頻道、接收定義元頻道選擇資訊之使用者輸入、存取該使用者之使用者設定檔資訊、基於該元頻道選擇資訊及該使用者之設定檔自訂該使用者之元頻道表、接收識別一對應於該使用者之器件的使用者輸入、使該使用者之自訂元頻道表與該經識別之器件相關聯,及在使用該經識別器件時使該使用者之自訂元頻道表可為該使用者所用。6 is a flow chart illustrating a process 600 for a computer implemented for a user-customized one-channel list. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 600 includes identifying a user, presenting an available meta channel, receiving user input defining a meta channel selection information, accessing a user profile information of the user, and selecting information based on the meta channel. And the user profile is customized to customize the user's meta channel table, receive a user input identifying a device corresponding to the user, and associate the user's custom meta channel table with the identified device And, when using the identified device, the user's custom meta-channel table can be used by the user.

首先,鑑認一使用者(602)。舉例而言,一使用者可使用一顯示於一個人電腦上之介面或藉由按壓一遙控器件上之按鈕來提供使用者識別碼及/或一密碼。可對照儲存於一元頻道基地台或元頻道伺服器中之資訊驗證該鍵入的使用者識別碼及密碼(例如,該遙控器件可經由一無線連接將該鍵入的使用者識別碼及密碼傳達至該元頻道基地台,且該元頻道基地台可比較該鍵入的資訊與所儲存的資訊)。First, a user is identified (602). For example, a user can provide a user identification code and/or a password using an interface displayed on a personal computer or by pressing a button on a remote control device. The entered user identification code and password can be verified against information stored in the unary channel base station or the meta channel server (eg, the remote control device can communicate the typed user identification code and password to the wireless device via a wireless connection) The meta-channel base station, and the meta-channel base station can compare the typed information with the stored information).

在鑑認一使用者之後,呈現可用元頻道(604)。舉例而言,對應於可用元頻道之號碼可呈現在一遙控器件之顯示器上。作為另一實例,顯示可用元頻道之電子節目指南可呈現在一電視螢幕上。作為又一實例,可使用一個人電腦向一使用者呈現該等可用元頻道以經由一網路來管理該使用者之元頻道資訊。After identifying a user, an available meta channel is presented (604). For example, a number corresponding to an available meta channel can be presented on a display of a remote control device. As another example, an electronic program guide displaying available meta-channels can be presented on a television screen. As yet another example, a user computer can be used to present the available meta-channels to a user to manage the user's meta-channel information via a network.

在呈現可用元頻道之後,接收定義元頻道選擇資訊之使用者輸入(606)。使用者可將使用者輸入提供至一個人電腦,從而選擇該使用者感興趣的特定元頻道。按照該使用者之偏好自訂該等選定元頻道且在使用元頻道系統來體驗內容時使該等選定元頻道可為該使用者所用。該使用者可對元頻道排名且可定義一號碼/名稱以對應於該等選定元頻道。After presenting the available meta-channels, a user input defining the meta-channel selection information is received (606). The user can provide user input to a personal computer to select a particular meta channel that the user is interested in. The selected meta-channels are customized according to the preferences of the user and are made available to the user when the content is experienced using the meta-channel system. The user can rank the meta channels and can define a number/name to correspond to the selected meta channels.

在一使用者使用一遙控器管理元頻道之實施中,該使用者可按壓一遙控器件上之一按鈕,其指示選擇一元頻道(例如,元頻道「3」)以添加至該使用者之自訂元頻道表。該遙控器件可將指示該選定元頻道號碼之一輸入控制命令傳達至元頻道基地台。該元頻道基地台可將該輸入控制命令與使用者鑑認資訊一起轉遞至一元頻道伺服器。In an implementation in which a user manages a meta channel using a remote controller, the user can press a button on a remote control device to instruct selection of a meta channel (eg, meta channel "3") to be added to the user. Order the channel list. The remote control device can communicate an input control command indicating one of the selected meta channel numbers to the meta channel base station. The meta-channel base station can forward the input control command along with the user authentication information to the unary channel server.

接下來,存取使用者設定檔資訊(608)。舉例而言,可基於所提供的使用者鑑認資訊自一儲存庫或資料庫存取使用者設定檔資訊。一使用者設定檔可包括對各種節目內容之使用者偏好,諸如最愛運動隊、場所資訊、政治偏好、成人節目內容偏好、興趣等。Next, the user profile information is accessed (608). For example, the user profile information can be retrieved from a repository or data repository based on the provided user authentication information. A user profile may include user preferences for various program content, such as favorite sports teams, venue information, political preferences, adult program content preferences, interests, and the like.

基於元頻道選擇資訊及該使用者之設定檔自訂該使用者之元頻道表(610)。舉例而言,一使用者之設定檔可指示對一最愛足球隊之偏好。在此實例中,一元頻道可定義一即時播送之足球比賽將呈現,但允許根據該使用者之設定檔選擇自訂哪場比賽(例如,動態地自訂該元頻道以包括一涉及該使用者之最愛足球隊之比賽的即時播送之廣播)。可將該使用者可能感興趣的、與該呈現之足球比賽(例如,在一不同MSO頻道上)同時播送之其他內容記錄至一DVR上,且在一稍後時槽中在該使用者之元頻道上展示。The user's meta channel table (610) is customized based on the meta channel selection information and the user's profile. For example, a user profile can indicate a preference for a favorite football team. In this example, the unary channel may define an instant broadcast of the football match to be presented, but allows the game to be customized according to the user's profile (eg, dynamically customize the meta channel to include a user involved) The broadcast of the live broadcast of the favorite football team game). Other content that may be of interest to the user and that is simultaneously broadcasted with the presented football game (eg, on a different MSO channel) may be recorded on a DVR and in a later slot in the user's Displayed on the meta channel.

作為另一實例,可自訂一使用者之元頻道表以包括一政治談話節目,其中該所包括的談話節目匹配一包括於該使用者之設定檔中之政治偏好(例如,保守或自由)。作為一第三實例,一預設的元頻道表可包括成人節目內容。若(例如)該使用者之設定檔資訊指示該使用者為一未成年人,或若該使用者之設定檔資訊指示該使用者偏愛不接收成人節目,則可自訂該元頻道表以用其他節目代替該成人節目。As another example, a user's meta-channel table can be customized to include a political talk show, wherein the included talk show matches a political preference (eg, conservative or free) included in the user's profile. . As a third example, a preset meta-channel list may include adult program content. If, for example, the user's profile information indicates that the user is a minor, or if the user's profile information indicates that the user prefers not to receive an adult program, then the meta channel table can be customized for use. Other programs replace the adult program.

基於一使用者之設定檔資訊,可向該使用者建議當前不與該使用者相關聯之元頻道。舉例而言,若一使用者設定檔指示一使用者對烹飪感興趣,則可建議與烹飪有關的元頻道(例如,一現有烹飪相關元頻道或由一內容駕馭者建立的新烹飪相關元頻道)。作為另一實例,可基於一使用者之人口統計學及/或興趣、基於彼等元頻道在由具有相同人口統計學及/或興趣之其他使用者使用時的風行度建議元頻道。若一使用者接受一所建議之元頻道,則可將該所建議之元頻道包括於該使用者可用的元頻道之一清單中。Based on the profile information of a user, the user can be suggested to the meta channel currently not associated with the user. For example, if a user profile indicates that a user is interested in cooking, a meta channel related to cooking may be suggested (eg, an existing cooking related meta channel or a new cooking related meta channel established by a content driver). ). As another example, the meta channel may be suggested based on the demographics and/or interests of a user based on their popularity on the popularity of other users having the same demographics and/or interests. If a user accepts a suggested meta channel, the suggested meta channel may be included in a list of the meta channels available to the user.

接收識別一對應於該使用者之器件的使用者輸入(612)。舉例而言,該使用者可將其自訂元頻道資訊指派給一特定基地台或一特定遙控器。當接收到針對該特定基地台或該特定遙控器之一命令時,可使用該使用者之自訂元頻道資訊處理該命令。A user input identifying a device corresponding to the user is received (612). For example, the user can assign their custom meta channel information to a particular base station or a particular remote control. When a command is received for the particular base station or the particular remote control, the command can be processed using the user's custom meta channel information.

使該使用者之自訂元頻道表與該經識別之器件相關聯(614)。舉例而言,可將該自訂元頻道表與一經識別之遙控器件之間的關聯儲存於一元頻道基地台及/或一元頻道伺服器上。The user's custom meta-channel table is associated with the identified device (614). For example, the association between the custom meta-channel table and an identified remote control device can be stored on a one-channel base station and/or a one-channel server.

在使用該經識別之器件時使該使用者之自訂元頻道表可為該使用者所用(616)。舉例而言,當一使用者使用一經識別之遙控器件(例如,該使用者可首先使用該遙控器件鑑認其本身)時,向該使用者呈現該使用者之自訂元頻道表。可使與該使用者相關聯之元頻道可供選擇,且可基於該使用者之設定檔資訊使動態選擇之內容可在一或多個元頻道上獲得。The user's custom meta-channel table can be used by the user when using the identified device (616). For example, when a user uses an identified remote control device (eg, the user can first authenticate himself using the remote control device), the user is presented with the user's custom meta-channel table. The meta channel associated with the user can be made selectable, and the dynamically selected content can be obtained on one or more meta channels based on the profile information of the user.

圖7為圖解闡釋用於顯現電視廣播內容之組件之間的控制流之流程圖。首先,一遙控器接收一使用者輸入命令(702)。舉例而言,一使用者可按壓一遙控器件上之一按鈕,其指示(例如)選擇一元頻道號碼「3」。Figure 7 is a flow chart illustrating the flow of control between components used to visualize television broadcast content. First, a remote control receives a user input command (702). For example, a user can press a button on a remote control device to indicate, for example, a meta channel number "3".

接下來,該遙控器經由一無線連接將該使用者輸入命令發送至一元頻道基地台(704)。舉例而言,該使用者輸入命令可使用Z-Wave、ZigBee或藍芽無線協定傳達。Next, the remote control sends the user input command to the unary channel base station (704) via a wireless connection. For example, the user input command can be communicated using a Z-Wave, ZigBee, or Bluetooth wireless protocol.

該元頻道基地台接收該輸入命令(706),且該元頻道基地台經由一網路將該輸入命令轉遞至一元頻道伺服器(708)。舉例而言,該輸入命令可使用TCIP/IP協定經由網際網路轉遞。The meta-channel base station receives the input command (706), and the meta-channel base station forwards the input command to the unary channel server (708) via a network. For example, the input command can be forwarded over the Internet using the TCIP/IP protocol.

該元頻道伺服器接收該輸入命令(710)且將該輸入命令映射至一使用者之元頻道(712)。舉例而言,可將包括於該輸入命令中之元頻道號碼「3」之一指示符映射至一包括於該使用者之元頻道資訊中之具有一相關聯頻道號碼「3」之元頻道。The meta channel server receives the input command (710) and maps the input command to a user's meta channel (712). For example, one of the meta channel numbers "3" included in the input command may be mapped to a meta channel having an associated channel number "3" included in the user's meta channel information.

該元頻道伺服器識別由該使用者之元頻道定義之廣播電視內容(714)。舉例而言,該元頻道伺服器可自一所儲存的儲存庫存取與該選定元頻道相關聯之內容輸入項。可將由一特定MSO頻道(例如,MSO頻道號碼「5」)提供之一廣播電視節目識別為當前排程於該使用者之選定元頻道(例如,元頻道號碼「3」)上之節目內容。The meta channel server identifies the broadcast television content defined by the user's meta channel (714). For example, the meta channel server can take a content entry associated with the selected meta channel from a stored inventory. A broadcast television program provided by a particular MSO channel (e.g., MSO channel number "5") may be identified as program content currently scheduled on the user's selected meta channel (e.g., meta channel number "3").

該元頻道伺服器傳輸一控制命令以實現電視內容之改變(715)。舉例而言,一控制命令可經由網際網路發送至元頻道基地台,從而引導一電視接收器改變至與該經識別之廣播電視內容相關聯之一頻道號碼(例如,MSO頻道號碼「5」)。The meta channel server transmits a control command to effect a change in television content (715). For example, a control command can be sent to the meta channel base station via the Internet to direct a television receiver to change to a channel number associated with the identified broadcast television content (eg, MSO channel number "5" ).

該元頻道基地台接收該控制命令(716),且該元頻道基地台經由一無線連接將該控制命令轉遞至該遙控器(718)。舉例而言,該控制命令可使用Z-Wave、ZigBee或藍芽無線協定自該元頻道基地台傳輸至該遙控器件。The meta-channel base station receives the control command (716), and the meta-channel base station forwards the control command to the remote control via a wireless connection (718). For example, the control command can be transmitted from the meta-channel base station to the remote control device using a Z-Wave, ZigBee, or Bluetooth wireless protocol.

該遙控器(例如)經由一無線連接接收該控制命令(720)。該遙控器將一IR信號發送至一電視以改變該頻道(722)。舉例而言,該IR信號可指示與該經識別之電視廣播相關聯之頻道號碼(例如,MSO頻道號碼「5」)。在一些實施中,該遙控器可將一RF信號或另一類型之信號發送至該電視以改變該頻道。The remote control receives the control command (720), for example, via a wireless connection. The remote control sends an IR signal to a television to change the channel (722). For example, the IR signal can indicate a channel number associated with the identified television broadcast (eg, MSO channel number "5"). In some implementations, the remote control can send an RF signal or another type of signal to the television to change the channel.

該電視接收該IR信號(724),且該電視改變該頻道以顯示該廣播電視內容(726)。舉例而言,可將一接收器調諧至與該經識別之電視廣播相關聯且由該IR信號指示的一頻道號碼(例如,MSO頻道號碼「5」)。The television receives the IR signal (724) and the television changes the channel to display the broadcast television content (726). For example, a receiver can be tuned to a channel number (eg, MSO channel number "5") associated with the identified television broadcast and indicated by the IR signal.

圖8為圖解闡釋用於顯現網際網路視訊內容之組件之間的控制流之流程圖。首先,一遙控器接收一使用者輸入命令(802)。舉例而言,一使用者可按壓一遙控器件上之一按鈕,其指示(例如)選擇一元頻道號碼「3」。Figure 8 is a flow chart illustrating the flow of control between components used to visualize Internet video content. First, a remote control receives a user input command (802). For example, a user can press a button on a remote control device to indicate, for example, a meta channel number "3".

接下來,該遙控器經由一無線連接將該使用者輸入命令發送至一元頻道基地台(804)。舉例而言,該使用者輸入命令可使用Z-Wave、ZigBee或藍芽無線協定傳達。Next, the remote control sends the user input command to the unary channel base station (804) via a wireless connection. For example, the user input command can be communicated using a Z-Wave, ZigBee, or Bluetooth wireless protocol.

該元頻道基地台接收該輸入命令(806),且該元頻道基地台經由一網路將該輸入命令轉遞至一元頻道伺服器(808)。舉例而言,該輸入命令可使用TCIP/IP協定經由網際網路轉遞。The meta-channel base station receives the input command (806), and the meta-channel base station forwards the input command to the unary channel server (808) via a network. For example, the input command can be forwarded over the Internet using the TCIP/IP protocol.

該元頻道伺服器接收該輸入命令(810)。該元頻道伺服器將該輸入命令映射至一使用者之元頻道(812)。舉例而言,可將包括於該輸入命令中之元頻道號碼「3」之一指示符映射至一包括於該使用者之元頻道資訊中之具有一相關聯頻道號碼「3」之元頻道。The meta channel server receives the input command (810). The meta channel server maps the input command to a user's meta channel (812). For example, one of the meta channel numbers "3" included in the input command may be mapped to a meta channel having an associated channel number "3" included in the user's meta channel information.

該元頻道伺服器識別由該使用者之元頻道定義之網際網路視訊內容(814)。舉例而言,該元頻道伺服器可自一所儲存的儲存庫存取與該選定元頻道相關聯之內容輸入項。可將一網際網路視訊資源識別為當前排程於該使用者之選定元頻道(例如,元頻道號碼「3」)上之節目內容。The meta channel server identifies the internet video content defined by the user's meta channel (814). For example, the meta channel server can take a content entry associated with the selected meta channel from a stored inventory. An internet video resource can be identified as the program content currently scheduled on the selected meta channel of the user (eg, the meta channel number "3").

該元頻道伺服器經由一網路傳輸一第一控制命令以改變一輸入源(816)。舉例而言,一控制命令可經由網際網路發送至該元頻道基地台,從而引導一電視將其輸入源自一電視視訊源(例如,一有線機上盒)改變至一網際網路視訊源(例如,一網際網路DMA)。The meta channel server transmits a first control command via a network to change an input source (816). For example, a control command can be sent to the meta-channel base station via the Internet to direct a television to change its input from a television video source (eg, a cable set-top box) to an internet video source. (for example, an internet DMA).

該元頻道基地台接收該第一控制命令(818),且該元頻道基地台經由一無線連接將該第一控制命令轉遞至該遙控器(820)。舉例而言,該第一控制命令可使用Z-Wave、ZigBee或藍芽無線協定自該元頻道基地台傳輸至該遙控器件。The meta-channel base station receives the first control command (818), and the meta-channel base station forwards the first control command to the remote controller via a wireless connection (820). For example, the first control command can be transmitted from the meta-channel base station to the remote control device using Z-Wave, ZigBee, or Bluetooth wireless protocol.

該遙控器(例如)經由一無線連接接收該第一控制命令(822)。該遙控器將一IR信號發送至一電視以改變一輸入源(824)。舉例而言,該IR信號可指示改變該輸入源以自一網際網路DMA接收輸入。The remote control receives the first control command (822), for example, via a wireless connection. The remote control sends an IR signal to a television to change an input source (824). For example, the IR signal can indicate changing the input source to receive input from an internet DMA.

該電視接收該IR信號(826),且該電視改變該輸入源以自該網際網路DMA接收輸入(828)。基於該改變的輸入源設定,該電視經組態以顯示一自該網際網路DMA接收之視訊信號。The television receives the IR signal (826) and the television changes the input source to receive input from the internet DMA (828). Based on the changed input source settings, the television is configured to display a video signal received from the internet DMA.

在發送該第一控制命令之後,該元頻道伺服器將一第二控制命令發送至網際網路數位媒體配接器(830)。舉例而言,該第二控制命令可包括一網際網路視訊資源之一URL。After transmitting the first control command, the meta channel server sends a second control command to the internet digital media adapter (830). For example, the second control command can include a URL of one of the Internet video resources.

該網際網路數位媒體配接器自該元頻道伺服器接收該第二控制命令(832)。舉例而言,可經由網際網路接收該第二控制命令。The internet digital media adapter receives the second control command (832) from the meta channel server. For example, the second control command can be received via the internet.

該網際網路數位媒體配接器產生該網際網路視訊內容之一視訊信號(834)。舉例而言,一視訊檔案可(使用(例如)該網際網路視訊資源之一URL)自網際網路下載至該網際網路數位媒體配接器,且可解碼該視訊檔案。該網際網路數位媒體配接器亦可使用經由一網路串流之一視訊檔案或在該元頻道改變之前自網際網路下載至該網際網路數位媒體配接器之一視訊檔案產生該網際網路視訊內容之一視訊信號。The Internet digital media adapter generates a video signal (834) for the Internet video content. For example, a video file can be downloaded (e.g., one of the Internet video resources) from the Internet to the Internet digital media adapter and the video file can be decoded. The internet digital media adapter can also generate the video file via one of the network streams or download the video file from the internet to the internet digital media adapter before the meta channel change. One of the video messages of the Internet video content.

該網際網路數位媒體配接器將該網際網路視訊內容之該視訊信號傳輸至該電視(836)。舉例而言,該視訊信號可經由DVI(數位視覺介面)、HDMI(高清晰度多媒體介面)介面或任何其他類型之視訊介面傳達。The Internet digital media adapter transmits the video signal of the Internet video content to the television (836). For example, the video signal can be communicated via a DVI (Digital Visual Interface), HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) interface, or any other type of video interface.

該電視接收該視訊信號(838),且顯示該網際網路視訊內容(840)。舉例而言,可在一顯示幕上顯現該視訊內容。The television receives the video signal (838) and displays the internet video content (840). For example, the video content can be presented on a display screen.

儘管已將圖7及圖8中所示之程序描述為由特定組件執行,但類似方法可應用於使用不同組件來定義系統之結構或將功能性以不同方式分散於該等組件之間的其他實施中。舉例而言,儘管已將一電視描述為執行圖7及圖8中之操作,但可使用其他顯示器件(例如,監視器)來執行該等操作。另外,其他媒體器件可為一執行圖7及圖8中所示之程序之媒體系統之部分,且提供其他的視訊/音訊內容源。此外,在一些實施中,描述為由該元頻道伺服器執行的操作可由元頻道基地台執行。Although the procedures illustrated in Figures 7 and 8 have been described as being performed by specific components, similar methods are applicable to the use of different components to define the structure of the system or to disperse functionality between the components in different ways. In implementation. For example, although a television has been described as performing the operations of FIGS. 7 and 8, other display devices (eg, monitors) may be used to perform such operations. In addition, other media devices may be part of a media system that performs the procedures shown in Figures 7 and 8, and provide other sources of video/audio content. Moreover, in some implementations, operations described as being performed by the meta-channel server can be performed by a meta-channel base station.

圖9為圖解闡釋偵測到廣告內容後以替代內容代替的情境圖。一使用者902正觀賞一電視904上之視訊內容,且可能在電視904上偵測到一廣告。舉例而言,可使用任何類型之技術偵測一廣告,諸如當該廣告開始時偵測到音量之增加。FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a scenario in which an alternative content is replaced after the advertisement content is detected. A user 902 is watching the video content on a television 904 and may detect an advertisement on the television 904. For example, an advertisement can be detected using any type of technology, such as an increase in volume detected when the advertisement begins.

回應於偵測到廣告,存取一與使用者902相關聯之使用者設定檔908。使用者設定檔908可用以判定可選擇以代替該偵測到之廣告呈現於電視904上之替代內容。舉例而言,一元頻道優先順序清單設定檔設定910可包括可用以提供代替廣告之替代內容的元頻道之一清單。若在當前頻道上偵測到一廣告,則可將該電視切換至元頻道優先順序清單910中的當前正展示非廣告內容的第一頻道(例如,具有最高優先順序之頻道)。舉例而言,若在當前頻道上偵測到廣告,且若頻道6上未播放廣告,則可將該電視切換至頻道6。若頻道6上亦正播放廣告,則可將該電視切換至頻道4(假設頻道4上未播放廣告)。In response to detecting the advertisement, a user profile 908 associated with the user 902 is accessed. The user profile 908 can be used to determine alternatives that can be selected to be displayed on the television 904 in place of the detected advertisement. For example, the unary channel priority list profile setting 910 can include a list of meta-channels that can be used to provide alternative content in lieu of an advertisement. If an advertisement is detected on the current channel, the television can be switched to the first channel in the meta-channel priority list 910 that is currently displaying non-advertising content (eg, the channel with the highest priority). For example, if an advertisement is detected on the current channel and the advertisement is not played on channel 6, the television can be switched to channel 6. If an advertisement is also being played on channel 6, the television can be switched to channel 4 (assuming no advertisement is played on channel 4).

一使用者設定檔設定912可指示一使用者將偏愛看與一特定類別之廣告有關的廣告(例如,與體育用品或汽車有關的廣告)。若在電視904上偵測到與使用者偏愛的廣告類別無關的廣告,則可選擇一與該使用者偏愛的廣告類別有關的廣告,可能經由一網路下載其且將其作為替代內容呈現在電視904上。A user profile setting 912 can indicate that a user would prefer to view an advertisement associated with a particular category of advertisement (eg, an advertisement associated with a sporting goods or car). If an advertisement that is not related to the user's preferred advertisement category is detected on the television 904, an advertisement related to the user's preferred advertisement category may be selected, and may be downloaded via a network and presented as an alternative content. On TV 904.

一使用者設定檔設定914可指示一使用者偏愛看與一特定地理區域(例如,美國哥倫比亞特區華盛頓)有關的廣告。若在電視904上偵測到一與一使用者偏愛的地理區域無關的廣告,則可選擇一與該使用者偏愛的地理區域有關的廣告、可能經由一網路下載其且將其作為替代內容呈現在電視904上。A user profile setting 914 can indicate that a user prefers to view advertisements associated with a particular geographic area (e.g., Washington, DC, USA). If an advertisement unrelated to a user's preferred geographic area is detected on the television 904, an advertisement related to the user's preferred geographic area may be selected, and may be downloaded via a network and used as an alternative content. Presented on television 904.

一使用者設定檔設定916可包括與元頻道無關的替代內容源之一清單。一使用者可能願意定義一使用者偏愛在有限的時間段期間(例如,在廣告時間段期間)接收的替代內容源。舉例而言,該使用者可能願意在有限的時間段期間觀看一氣象電視頻道,且將該氣象電視頻道指派為一替代內容源。該使用者亦可能願意在有限的時間段期間觀看一特定網頁或網際網路內容,且將該特定網路或網際網路內容指派為一替代內容源。A user profile setting 916 can include a list of alternative content sources that are unrelated to the meta channel. A user may be willing to define a source of alternative content that a user prefers to receive during a limited period of time (eg, during an advertising period). For example, the user may be willing to watch a weather television channel for a limited period of time and assign the weather television channel as an alternate content source. The user may also be willing to view a particular web page or internet content for a limited period of time and assign that particular network or internet content as an alternate content source.

基於使用者設定檔設定916,若在當前頻道上偵測到廣告,則可將該電視切換至當前正展示非廣告內容之第一替代內容源。舉例而言,若在當前頻道上偵測到廣告,且若MSO頻道5上未播放廣告,則可將該電視切換至MSO頻道5。若MSO頻道5上亦正播放廣告,則可將該電視切換至第3網際網路源。Based on the user profile setting 916, if an advertisement is detected on the current channel, the television can be switched to the first alternate content source that is currently displaying the non-advertising content. For example, if an advertisement is detected on the current channel and the advertisement is not played on the MSO channel 5, the television can be switched to the MSO channel 5. If the advertisement is also being played on MSO channel 5, the television can be switched to the third internet source.

一使用者設定檔設定918可指示可用作替代內容之一源的非視訊廣告插播項。舉例而言,若一偵測到的廣告以替代廣告所替換,且該替代廣告在持續時間上比該被替換的廣告短,則可在電視904上顯示非視訊插播項(諸如,一電子優待卷或某一其他形式之靜態廣告)歷時等於該被替換的廣告與該替代廣告之間的時間差之一時間段。A user profile setting 918 can indicate a non-video commercial break item that can be used as a source of alternative content. For example, if a detected advertisement is replaced with an alternative advertisement, and the substitute advertisement is shorter in duration than the replaced advertisement, a non-video insertion item (such as an electronic preferential treatment) may be displayed on the television 904. A volume or some other form of static advertisement) is a time period equal to one of the time difference between the replaced advertisement and the substitute advertisement.

圖10圖解闡釋在許多方面類似於系統圖200之一系統圖1000。圖10之項目1002至1034分別對應於圖2之項目202至234。系統圖1000包括一廣告資源1050及一廣告監視伺服器1060。廣告監視伺服器1060可偵測一廣告(ad),且可回應於偵測到該廣告而將一信號發送至元頻道伺服器1030。廣告監視伺服器1060可基於至MSO廣播內容之一連接偵測在MSO頻道上播放之廣告,且亦可基於至元頻道伺服器1030之一連接偵測由定義元頻道之內容駕馭者插入至該等元頻道中之廣告。FIG. 10 illustrates a system diagram 1000 that is similar to system diagram 200 in many respects. Items 1002 through 1034 of Figure 10 correspond to items 202 through 234 of Figure 2, respectively. The system map 1000 includes an inventory 1050 and an advertisement monitoring server 1060. The advertisement monitoring server 1060 can detect an advertisement (ad) and can send a signal to the meta channel server 1030 in response to detecting the advertisement. The advertisement monitoring server 1060 can detect the advertisement played on the MSO channel based on one of the MSO broadcast contents, and can also detect the content driver inserted by the defined meta channel based on the connection to the one of the meta channel server 1030. An advertisement in a meta channel.

元頻道伺服器1030可存取使用者之廣告偏好,其指示一使用者是偏愛本地廣告、偏愛非廣告內容,還是偏愛與一特定地理區域有關的廣告等。元頻道伺服器1030可識別與該使用者之偏好有關的輔助內容。可藉由參考一或多個廣告資源1050來識別輔助廣告內容。廣告資源1050可包括關於可被選作為輔助內容之廣告的資訊,諸如廣告之類別、區域、發布者等。The meta channel server 1030 can access the user's advertising preferences, indicating whether a user prefers local advertisements, prefers non-advertising content, or prefers advertisements related to a particular geographic area. The meta channel server 1030 can identify auxiliary content related to the user's preferences. The secondary advertising content can be identified by reference to one or more of the advertising resources 1050. The inventory 1050 can include information about advertisements that can be selected as ancillary content, such as categories, regions, publishers, etc. of the advertisements.

元頻道伺服器1030可經組態以將一控制命令發送至元頻道基地台1032,該元頻道基地台1032又可將該控制命令轉遞至一遙控器1034。回應於該控制命令,遙控器1034可將一IR信號發送至電視1002,從而指示該電視調諧至輔助內容(例如,調諧至一不同MSO頻道以顯示非廣告內容,或自網際網路DMA 1006接收輔助廣告內容)。The meta channel server 1030 can be configured to send a control command to the meta channel base station 1032, which in turn can forward the control command to a remote control 1034. In response to the control command, the remote control 1034 can send an IR signal to the television 1002 to instruct the television to tune to the auxiliary content (eg, tune to a different MSO channel to display non-advertising content, or receive from the Internet DMA 1006) Auxiliary advertising content).

圖11為圖解闡釋一種用於在一媒體器件上呈現替用內容之電腦實施的程序1100之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序1100包括偵測由一使用者在一媒體器件上體驗之選定內容頻道上之廣告、存取該使用者之廣告偏好、基於該等廣告偏好選擇輔助內容、用該輔助內容代替該選定內容頻道上之該廣告,及控制該媒體器件以輸出該輔助內容。11 is a flow chart diagram illustrating a computer implemented program 1100 for presenting alternate content on a media device. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 1100 includes detecting an advertisement on a selected content channel experienced by a user on a media device, accessing an advertisement preference of the user, selecting auxiliary content based on the advertisement preferences, and using the The auxiliary content replaces the advertisement on the selected content channel and controls the media device to output the auxiliary content.

更詳細地,當程序1100開始時,偵測由一使用者在一媒體器件上體驗之選定內容頻道上之廣告(1102)。舉例而言,一廣告監視伺服器可監視使用者體驗的頻道上之廣告,且可基於當廣告開始時的音量之增加而偵測一頻道上之廣告。一內容頻道可為供散發內容用的任何類型之實體或虛擬頻道。舉例而言,一內容頻道可包括任何類型之廣播內容頻道(例如,類比或數位電視頻道),節目係經由一網路在該廣播內容頻道中廣播。一內容頻道亦可包括任何類型之基於請求的內容頻道,內容係回應於使用者請求而經由一網路在該等內容頻道中傳遞(例如,下載、串流等)。一內容頻道進一步可包括將來自各種內容源之內容配置於一虛擬頻道中之元頻道。In more detail, when the program 1100 begins, an advertisement on a selected content channel experienced by a user on a media device is detected (1102). For example, an advertisement monitoring server can monitor an advertisement on a channel experienced by a user, and can detect an advertisement on a channel based on an increase in volume when the advertisement starts. A content channel can be any type of physical or virtual channel for distributing content. For example, a content channel can include any type of broadcast content channel (eg, an analog or digital television channel) over which the program is broadcast via a network. A content channel may also include any type of request-based content channel in which content is delivered (eg, downloaded, streamed, etc.) via a network in response to a user request. A content channel can further include a meta channel that configures content from various content sources in a virtual channel.

存取該使用者之廣告偏好(1104)。舉例而言,可存取一包括使用者偏好之使用者設定檔,其中該等使用者偏好指示一使用者是否偏愛用本地廣告、非廣告內容、與一特定地理區域有關的廣告等來代替一般廣告。Access to the user's advertising preferences (1104). For example, a user profile including user preferences can be accessed, wherein the user preferences indicate whether a user prefers to use local advertisements, non-advertising content, advertisements related to a specific geographic area, etc. instead of the general ad.

基於該等廣告偏好選擇輔助內容(1106)。舉例而言,若偵測到的廣告與一使用者偏愛的廣告類別無關,則可選擇一與該使用者偏愛的廣告類別有關的廣告。作為另一實例,若偵測到的廣告與一使用者偏愛的地理區域無關,則可選擇一與該使用者偏愛的地理區域有關的廣告。作為一第三實例,若一使用者之偏好指示一使用者偏愛非廣告內容,則可選擇一頻道優先順序清單上之當前未呈現廣告內容的最高優先順序頻道。The auxiliary content is selected based on the advertising preferences (1106). For example, if the detected advertisement is not related to a user's preferred advertisement category, then an advertisement related to the user's preferred advertisement category may be selected. As another example, if the detected advertisement is not related to a user's preferred geographic area, then an advertisement related to the user's preferred geographic area may be selected. As a third example, if a user's preference indicates that a user prefers non-advertising content, the highest priority channel currently not presenting the advertising content on the channel priority list may be selected.

用該輔助內容代替該選定內容頻道上之該廣告(1108)。舉例而言,一元頻道伺服器可控制使用者之媒體系統以用該輔助內容代替當前由該使用者正體驗的該元頻道定義之該廣告。用該輔助內容代替該廣告可包括更新該使用者之元頻道資訊以至少暫時地定義代替起初由該元頻道定義之內容的輔助內容。該伺服器亦可儲存追蹤該輔助內容之代替及在該代替發生時使用者正體驗的頻道之其他資料。The advertisement on the selected content channel is replaced with the auxiliary content (1108). For example, the unary channel server can control the user's media system to replace the advertisement currently defined by the meta channel that the user is experiencing with the auxiliary content. Replacing the advertisement with the auxiliary content may include updating the meta channel information of the user to at least temporarily define the auxiliary content in place of the content originally defined by the meta channel. The server may also store alternatives to track the auxiliary content and other channels of the channel the user is experiencing when the replacement occurs.

控制該媒體器件以輸出該輔助內容(1110)。舉例而言,若該輔助內容為一MSO電視頻道,則可將一接收器調諧至該MSO頻道,且可在一包括於該媒體器件中之顯示器上顯現該MSO廣播內容。若該輔助內容為替代廣告內容,則可將該廣告內容自一伺服器下載至一網際網路數位媒體配接器、解碼該廣告內容且在一包括於該媒體器件中之顯示器上顯現該廣告內容。亦可在偵測到一廣告之前經由一網路串流該輔助內容或將該輔助內容自網際網路下載至一網際網路數位媒體配接器。The media device is controlled to output the auxiliary content (1110). For example, if the auxiliary content is an MSO television channel, a receiver can be tuned to the MSO channel and the MSO broadcast content can be presented on a display included in the media device. If the auxiliary content is an alternative advertising content, the advertising content can be downloaded from a server to an internet digital media adapter, the advertising content is decoded, and the advertisement is displayed on a display included in the media device. content. The auxiliary content may also be streamed via a network before the advertisement is detected or downloaded from the Internet to an internet digital media adapter.

圖12為一種用於選擇廣告偏好之實例使用者介面1200。一使用者可選擇一組選項1202至1208中之一者。在一些實施中,該使用者可選擇選項1202至1208中之一個以上選項。舉例而言,若使用者偏愛令廣告無改變地顯示(例如,如一觀看的電視頻道上之預設所示),則該使用者可選擇選項1202。12 is an example user interface 1200 for selecting advertising preferences. A user can select one of a set of options 1202 through 1208. In some implementations, the user can select one or more of the options 1202 through 1208. For example, if the user prefers to display the advertisement unchanged (eg, as indicated by the preset on a watched television channel), the user may select option 1202.

舉例而言,若該使用者偏愛看代替廣告之非廣告內容,則該使用者可選擇選項1204。若選擇選項1204,則可在一元頻道優先順序清單1212中指定一組頻道1210a至1210d。若在該使用者正觀看電視內容時偵測到一廣告,則可將電視頻道切換至元頻道優先順序清單1212中之當前未顯示廣告內容之第一頻道。舉例而言,若偵測到廣告,且頻道1210a(例如,元頻道「5」)當前未顯示廣告內容,則可將電視頻道切換至頻道1210a。然而,若頻道1210a正在顯示廣告,則可檢查該清單中之其他頻道(例如,1210b至1210d),且可將電視頻道切換至當前未顯示廣告內容的第一頻道(例如,1210b)。For example, if the user prefers to view non-advertising content in lieu of an advertisement, the user may select option 1204. If option 1204 is selected, a set of channels 1210a through 1210d can be specified in the meta-channel priority list 1212. If an advertisement is detected while the user is watching the television content, the television channel can be switched to the first channel of the meta-channel priority list 1212 where the advertisement content is not currently displayed. For example, if an advertisement is detected and the channel 1210a (eg, meta channel "5") does not currently display advertising content, the television channel can be switched to channel 1210a. However, if channel 1210a is displaying an advertisement, other channels in the list (eg, 1210b to 1210d) may be checked, and the television channel may be switched to the first channel (eg, 1210b) where the advertisement content is not currently displayed.

舉例而言,若使用者偏愛看與一或多個偏愛的廣告主題有關的廣告,則使用者可選擇選項1206。舉例而言,使用者介面1200顯示分別與體育及汽車有關的偏愛的廣告主題1214a至1214b。若偵測到一與該使用者偏愛的主題無關的廣告,則可選擇一與該使用者偏愛的廣告主題有關的廣告、可能經由一網路下載其且將其作為替代內容呈現。亦可在偵測到一與該使用者偏愛的主題無關的廣告之前經由一網路串流該偏愛的廣告或將該偏愛的廣告自網際網路下載至一網際網路數位媒體配接器。For example, if the user prefers to view an advertisement related to one or more preferred advertising themes, the user may select option 1206. For example, user interface 1200 displays preferred advertising themes 1214a through 1214b associated with sports and automobiles, respectively. If an advertisement that is unrelated to the user's preferred theme is detected, an advertisement related to the user's preferred advertising theme may be selected, possibly downloaded via a network and presented as an alternative content. The favorite advertisement may also be streamed via a network or downloaded from the Internet to an internet digital media adapter before an advertisement unrelated to the user's preferred theme is detected.

一使用者亦可能能夠指定一或多個偏愛的公司(例如,1216a至1216b)。若偵測到一與該使用者偏愛的公司無關的廣告,則可選擇一與該使用者偏愛的公司有關的廣告、可能經由一網路下載其且將其作為替代內容呈現。亦可在偵測到一與該使用者偏愛的公司無關的廣告之前經由一網路串流該偏愛的廣告或將該偏愛的廣告自網際網路下載至一網際網路數位媒體配接器。A user may also be able to designate one or more preferred companies (eg, 1216a through 1216b). If an advertisement unrelated to the company preferred by the user is detected, an advertisement related to the company preferred by the user may be selected, may be downloaded via a network and presented as an alternative content. The favorite advertisement may also be streamed via a network or downloaded from the Internet to an internet digital media adapter before an advertisement unrelated to the user preferred by the user is detected.

一使用者亦可能能夠指定一或多個被排除公司(例如,1218)。可排除選擇與被排除公司相關聯之廣告,即使彼等廣告匹配其他準則(諸如,與一消費者偏愛的主題有關)。A user may also be able to designate one or more excluded companies (eg, 1218). Advertisements associated with the excluded company may be excluded from selection, even if their advertisements match other criteria (such as related to a consumer's preferred theme).

舉例而言,若一使用者偏愛看本地廣告,則該使用者可選擇選擇1208。一使用者可在一主要地址欄位1220中指定其主要地址,且在一輔助地址欄位1222中指定一輔助地址。一使用者可藉由選擇一選項1224來指定在(例如)該使用者在度假中的情況下應使用該輔助地址。若偵測到一與使用者之地址無關的廣告,則可選擇一與該使用者之地址有關的廣告、可能經由一網路下載其且將其作為替代內容呈現。亦可在偵測到一與使用者之地址無關的廣告之前經由一網路串流地理相關廣告或將該地理相關廣告自網際網路下載至一網際網路數位媒體配接器。For example, if a user prefers to view a local advertisement, the user may choose to select 1208. A user can specify his primary address in a primary address field 1220 and an alternate address in an alternate address field 1222. A user can specify that the secondary address should be used, for example, if the user is on vacation, by selecting an option 1224. If an advertisement is detected that is not related to the user's address, an advertisement related to the user's address may be selected, possibly downloaded via a network and presented as an alternative content. The geo-related advertisement may also be streamed via a network or downloaded from the Internet to an internet digital media adapter before an advertisement unrelated to the user's address is detected.

圖13為圖解闡釋一種用於自呈現替代內容返回之電腦實施的程序1300之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序1300包括監視選定內容頻道上偵測到的廣告之完成、存取廣告返回偏好,及在偵測到所偵測到的廣告完成之後,基於廣告返回偏好控制媒體器件。FIG. 13 is a flow chart diagram illustrating a computer implemented program 1300 for returning from rendering alternative content. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 1300 includes monitoring completion of an advertisement detected on a selected content channel, accessing an advertisement return preference, and controlling the media device based on the advertisement return preference after detecting that the detected advertisement is completed. .

更詳細地,當程序1300開始時,監視選定內容頻道上偵測到的廣告之完成(1302)。舉例而言,一廣告監視伺服器可監視使用者所體驗之頻道上的廣告之完成。可(例如)基於在非廣告內容恢復後音量之減小偵測廣告完成。In more detail, when the process 1300 begins, the completion of the detected advertisements on the selected content channel is monitored (1302). For example, an advertisement monitoring server can monitor the completion of an advertisement on a channel that a user experiences. The advertisement completion can be detected, for example, based on a decrease in volume after the non-advertising content is restored.

存取廣告返回偏好(1304)。舉例而言,可自一使用者設定檔存取廣告返回偏好。一使用者設定檔可儲存各種使用者指定的廣告返回偏好。舉例而言,一使用者設定檔可儲存使用圖14中所圖解闡釋之實例使用者介面1400指定的設定。使用者可使用使用者介面1400指定用以指示在所偵測到之廣告完成後立即返回至先前內容頻道之偏好的選項1402。一使用者可指定用以指示維持呈現輔助內容頻道直至在該輔助內容頻道上偵測到廣告為止之偏好的選項1404。一使用者可指定一選項1406,其用以指示維持呈現輔助內容頻道且(例如,使用一螢幕上訊息且向該使用者提供返回先前內容頻道之選項)將先前內容頻道上之偵測到的廣告已完成的通知提供至使用者之偏好。Access to the ad returns preferences (1304). For example, an ad can be accessed from a user profile to return preferences. A user profile can store various user-specified ad return preferences. For example, a user profile can store settings specified using the example user interface 1400 illustrated in FIG. The user interface 1400 can be used to specify an option 1402 to indicate a preference to return to the previous content channel immediately after the detected advertisement is completed. A user may specify an option 1404 to indicate maintaining a preference for presenting the content channel until an advertisement is detected on the auxiliary content channel. A user may specify an option 1406 for indicating that the secondary content channel is maintained and (eg, using an on-screen message and providing the user with an option to return to the previous content channel) to detect the previous content channel. The notification that the ad has been completed is provided to the user's preferences.

在偵測到所偵測到的廣告完成之後,基於廣告返回偏好控制媒體器件(1306)。舉例而言,若該等所存取之廣告返回偏好對應於選項1402,則可控制一電視接收器以調諧至先前內容頻道。若該等所存取之廣告返回偏好對應於選項1404,則將一電視接收器維持在調諧至輔助內容頻道。當在該輔助內容頻道上偵測到廣告時,可調諧一電視接收器以切換至該先前內容頻道。若該等所存取之廣告返回偏好對應於選項1406,則可(例如,使用一螢幕上訊息且向使用者提供該返回先前內容頻道之選項)向該使用者顯示一通知,其指示所偵測到的廣告已在該先前內容頻道上完成。可將一電視接收器維持在調諧至該輔助內容頻道。After detecting that the detected advertisement is complete, the media device is controlled based on the advertisement return preference (1306). For example, if the accessed ad return preferences correspond to option 1402, then a television receiver can be controlled to tune to the previous content channel. If the accessed ad return preferences correspond to option 1404, then a television receiver is maintained tuned to the secondary content channel. When an advertisement is detected on the secondary content channel, a television receiver can be tuned to switch to the previous content channel. If the accessed ad return preferences correspond to option 1406, then a notification may be displayed to the user (eg, using an on-screen message and providing the user with the option to return the previous content channel) indicating the detected The detected ad has been completed on the previous content channel. A television receiver can be maintained tuned to the auxiliary content channel.

圖15為圖解闡釋用於回應於偵測到廣告而顯現輔助內容之組件之間的控制流之流程圖。一廣告監視伺服器偵測由一使用者體驗的一頻道上之一廣告(1502)。舉例而言,可基於與一廣告之開始相關的音量之增加而偵測一廣告。Figure 15 is a flow chart illustrating the flow of control between components that present auxiliary content in response to detecting an advertisement. An advertisement monitoring server detects an advertisement (1502) on a channel experienced by a user. For example, an advertisement can be detected based on an increase in volume associated with the beginning of an advertisement.

該廣告監視伺服器可將指示該偵測到的廣告之一信號發送至一元頻道伺服器(1504)。舉例而言,可藉由經由一網路(例如,網際網路)發送一訊息來傳達該信號。該元頻道伺服器接收該信號(1506)。The advertisement monitoring server may send a signal indicating one of the detected advertisements to the unary channel server (1504). For example, the signal can be conveyed by transmitting a message via a network (eg, the Internet). The meta channel server receives the signal (1506).

該元頻道伺服器存取廣告偏好(1508)。該等所存取之偏好可指示一使用者是偏愛本地廣告、偏愛非廣告內容,還是偏愛與一特定地理區域有關的廣告等。The meta channel server accesses the advertising preferences (1508). The preferences accessed may indicate whether a user prefers a local advertisement, prefers non-advertising content, or prefers an advertisement related to a particular geographic area.

該元頻道伺服器識別輔助內容(1510)。舉例而言,若該偵測到的廣告與一使用者偏愛的廣告類別無關,則可將一與該使用者偏愛的廣告類別有關的廣告識別為輔助內容。作為另一實例,若該偵測到的廣告與一使用者偏愛的地理區域無關,則可將一與該使用者偏愛的地理區域有關的廣告識別為輔助內容。作為一第三實例,若一使用者之偏好指示使用者偏愛非廣告內容,則可將一頻道優先順序清單上之一當前未呈現廣告內容的最高優先順序頻道識別為輔助內容。The meta channel server identifies the auxiliary content (1510). For example, if the detected advertisement is not related to a user's preferred advertisement category, an advertisement related to the user's preferred advertisement category may be identified as auxiliary content. As another example, if the detected advertisement is not related to a user's preferred geographic area, an advertisement related to the user's preferred geographic area may be identified as auxiliary content. As a third example, if a user's preference indicates that the user prefers non-advertising content, one of the highest priority channels on the first channel priority list that does not currently present the advertising content may be identified as the auxiliary content.

該元頻道伺服器基於該經識別的輔助內容將一第一控制命令發送至一元頻道基地台(1512)。舉例而言,可經由一網路(諸如,網際網路)發送該第一控制命令。The meta channel server transmits a first control command to the unary channel base station (1512) based on the identified auxiliary content. For example, the first control command can be sent via a network, such as the Internet.

該元頻道基地台接收該第一控制命令(1514),且將該第一控制命令轉遞至一遙控器件(1516)。舉例而言,可經由一無線連接將該第一控制命令發送至該遙控器件。The meta-channel base station receives the first control command (1514) and forwards the first control command to a remote control device (1516). For example, the first control command can be sent to the remote control device via a wireless connection.

該遙控器件接收該第一控制命令(1518),且將一IR信號發送至一電視(1520)。該電視接收該IR信號(1522),且組態一或多個設定以顯示該輔助內容(1524)。舉例而言,若將自一MSO頻道接收該輔助內容,則可將一電視接收器調諧至該MSO頻道。作為另一實例,若該輔助內容為自一網路伺服器接收之廣告內容,則該電視可經組態以自一網際網路數位媒體配接器接收視訊內容。The remote control device receives the first control command (1518) and transmits an IR signal to a television (1520). The television receives the IR signal (1522) and configures one or more settings to display the auxiliary content (1524). For example, if the auxiliary content is to be received from an MSO channel, a television receiver can be tuned to the MSO channel. As another example, if the auxiliary content is advertising content received from a web server, the television can be configured to receive video content from an internet digital media adapter.

在發送該第一控制命令之後,該元頻道伺服器視情況將一第二控制命令發送至一網際網路數位媒體配接器(1526)。若該輔助內容係由一網路伺服器所播送之網際網路視訊或自訂廣告提供,則發送第二控制命令。在接收到該第二控制命令後,可下載、解碼該輔助內容且將其傳輸至該電視以供顯示。在一些實例中,在接收到該第二控制命令後,該網際網路數位媒體配接器可開始經由一網路串流該輔助內容,或可輸出先前已下載且經預先轉碼之輔助內容。After transmitting the first control command, the meta channel server optionally sends a second control command to an internet digital media adapter (1526). The second control command is sent if the auxiliary content is provided by an internet video or a customized advertisement broadcast by a web server. After receiving the second control command, the auxiliary content can be downloaded, decoded, and transmitted to the television for display. In some examples, after receiving the second control command, the internet digital media adapter can begin streaming the auxiliary content via a network, or can output previously downloaded and pre-transcoded auxiliary content. .

在偵測到一廣告之後,該廣告監視伺服器監視所偵測到的廣告之完成(1528)。舉例而言,可基於當非廣告內容恢復時的音量之減小偵測一廣告之完成。After detecting an advertisement, the advertisement monitoring server monitors the completion of the detected advertisement (1528). For example, the completion of an advertisement can be detected based on a decrease in volume when non-advertising content is restored.

在偵測到所偵測到的廣告之該完成後,該廣告監視伺服器將指示廣告完成之一信號發送至該元頻道伺服器(1530)。舉例而言,可經由一網路(例如,網際網路)在一訊息中發送該信號。Upon detecting the completion of the detected advertisement, the advertisement monitoring server sends a signal indicating that the advertisement is completed to the meta channel server (1530). For example, the signal can be sent in a message via a network (eg, the Internet).

該元頻道伺服器接收該廣告完成信號(1532)。該元頻道伺服器存取廣告返回偏好。舉例而言,可自一使用者設定檔存取廣告返回偏好。The meta channel server receives the advertisement completion signal (1532). The meta channel server accesses the ad return preferences. For example, an ad can be accessed from a user profile to return preferences.

若廣告返回偏好導致電視之輸入源改變,則該元頻道伺服器可將一第三控制命令發送至該元頻道基地台(1534)。又可將該信號轉遞至遙控器,且該遙控器可將一相應信號發送至該電視。If the advertisement return preference causes the input source of the television to change, the meta channel server can send a third control command to the meta channel base station (1534). The signal can also be forwarded to the remote control, and the remote control can send a corresponding signal to the television.

舉例而言,若該等所存取之廣告返回偏好指示使用者偏愛在所偵測到的廣告完成後立即返回至先前內容頻道,則該第三控制命令可引導一電視接收器調諧至該先前內容頻道。若該等所存取之廣告返回偏好指示使用者偏愛維持呈現輔助內容直至在一輔助內容頻道上偵測到廣告,則將一電視接收器維持在調諧至該輔助內容頻道。當在該輔助內容頻道上偵測到廣告時,可發送一第三控制信號,從而引導該電視切換至該先前內容頻道。若該等所存取之廣告返回偏好指示該使用者偏愛維持呈現一輔助內容頻道且接收到該先前內容頻道上之該等偵測到的廣告已完成的一通知,則該第三控制命令可引導電視(例如,使用一螢幕上訊息且向該使用者提供返回至先前內容頻道之選項)顯示指示所偵測到的廣告在該先前內容頻道上已完成的一通知。For example, if the accessed advertisement return preference indicates that the user prefers to return to the previous content channel immediately after the detected advertisement is completed, the third control command may direct a television receiver to tune to the previous Content channel. If the accessed advertisement return preferences indicate that the user prefers to maintain the presented auxiliary content until an advertisement is detected on the secondary content channel, then a television receiver is maintained tuned to the secondary content channel. When an advertisement is detected on the auxiliary content channel, a third control signal can be sent to direct the television to switch to the previous content channel. If the accessed advertisement return preference indicates that the user prefers to maintain a notification that the auxiliary content channel is present and receives the detected advertisement on the previous content channel, the third control command may Directing the television (eg, using an on-screen message and providing the user with an option to return to the previous content channel) displays a notification indicating that the detected advertisement has completed on the previous content channel.

儘管已將圖15中所示之程序描述為由特定組件執行,但類似方法可應用於使用不同組件來定義系統之結構或將功能性以不同方式分散於該等組件之間的其他實施中。舉例而言,儘管已將一電視描述為執行圖15中之操作,但其他顯示器件(例如,監視器)可用以執行該等操作。另外,其他媒體器件可為一執行圖15中所示之程序的媒體系統之部分,且提供其他的視訊/音訊內容源。此外,在一些實施中,描述為由元頻道伺服器執行之操作可由元頻道基地台執行。Although the program shown in FIG. 15 has been described as being performed by a particular component, similar methods are applicable to the use of different components to define the structure of the system or to disperse the functionality in other implementations between the components. For example, although a television has been described as performing the operations of FIG. 15, other display devices (eg, monitors) may be used to perform such operations. In addition, other media devices may be part of a media system that performs the process shown in Figure 15, and provide other sources of video/audio content. Moreover, in some implementations, operations described as being performed by a meta channel server may be performed by a meta channel base station.

儘管已在用輔助內容代替廣告內容之情況下描述了諸實施,但其他實施可包括用輔助內容代替不同於廣告的各類型之內容。舉例而言,該系統可偵測內容中斷(例如,新聞間斷、服務丟失、品質不良、器件故障等)且基於使用者偏好用輔助內容代替該等內容中斷。該系統亦可偵測何時一節目時間表被一內容提供者修改且回應於該等修改而用輔助內容代替。舉例而言,該系統可能偵測到一即時播送之體育賽事長時間繼續且該內容提供者已延遲一所要節目之廣播以解決該即時播送之體育賽事之延長長度。該系統可選擇輔助內容來替換該即時播送之體育賽事、監視該即時播送之體育賽事之完成,且接著控制媒體系統以顯示該所要節目之延遲廣播。While the implementation has been described in the context of substituting ad content for ad content, other implementations may include substituting auxiliary content for various types of content other than the ad. For example, the system can detect content interruptions (eg, news breaks, loss of service, poor quality, device failure, etc.) and replace such content interruptions with auxiliary content based on user preferences. The system can also detect when a program schedule is modified by a content provider and replace it with the auxiliary content in response to the modification. For example, the system may detect that a live broadcast of the sporting event continues for a long time and the content provider has delayed the broadcast of a desired program to resolve the extended length of the live sporting event. The system may select ancillary content to replace the live broadcast of the sporting event, monitor the completion of the live broadcast of the sporting event, and then control the media system to display the delayed broadcast of the desired program.

圖16為圖解闡釋使一媒體系統能夠顯現內容之程序的情境圖。可為一電子節目指南之指南1602顯示關於由一或多個元頻道1604a在1604d定義之內容之資訊。指南1602可顯示將在一週中之特定日子(例如,星期天)呈現的內容之一時間表。Figure 16 is a context diagram illustrating a procedure for enabling a media system to visualize content. Information regarding the content defined by one or more meta-channels 1604a at 1604d may be displayed for an electronic program guide guide 1602. Guide 1602 can display a schedule of content that will be presented on a particular day of the week (eg, Sunday).

元頻道1604a至1604d各自識別將在一各別元頻道上呈現之內容輸入項,且指示將在該元頻道上呈現該等內容輸入項之次序。對於網際網路視訊內容,可(例如,在與一數位媒體配接器相關聯之快取記憶體中)快取該視訊內容之一部分,以使作出回應的頻道能夠切換至經排程以呈現網際網路視訊內容之一元頻道。亦可將所快取之內容預先轉碼至一較快視訊編解碼格式以改良回應時間。舉例而言,可使用一使該所快取之內容能夠在少於半秒內呈現的視訊編解碼器預先轉碼該所快取之內容。 Meta-channels 1604a through 1604d each identify content entries to be presented on a respective meta-channel and indicate the order in which the content inputs will be presented on the meta-channel. For Internet video content, one portion of the video content can be cached (eg, in a cache memory associated with a digital media adapter) to enable the responding channel to switch to the scheduled for presentation One of the channels of Internet video content. The cached content can also be pre-transcoded into a faster video codec format to improve response time. For example, the cached content can be pre-transcoded using a video codec that enables the cached content to be rendered in less than half a second.

舉例而言,如一動作1606所指示,可於一時間「時間1」在一數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1616中快取且預先轉碼視訊內容「IP視訊1」(由內容輸入項1610描述)之一部分1608及視訊內容「IP視訊2」(由內容輸入項1614描述)之一部分1612。所快取的視訊內容之該部分可藉由基於在不快取的情況下顯現該視訊內容所需之時間而判定。舉例而言,在準備好向一使用者顯示視訊內容「IP視訊1」之前可能要花費一分鐘來下載且使用一視訊編解碼器解碼視訊內容「IP視訊1」(由內容輸入項1610描述),且在準備好向一使用者顯示視訊內容「IP視訊2」之前可能要花費兩分鐘來下載且使用一視訊編解碼器解碼視訊內容「IP視訊2」(由內容輸入項1614描述)。在此情況下,所快取的視訊內容「IP視訊1」之部分1608可對應於一分鐘的視訊觀看時間(例如,下載視訊內容「IP視訊1」且使用一視訊編解碼器解碼視訊內容「IP視訊1」所需之時間),且所快取的視訊內容「IP視訊2」之部分1612可對應於兩分鐘的視訊觀看時間(例如,下載視訊內容「IP視訊2」且使用一視訊編解碼器解碼視訊內容「IP視訊2」所需之時間)。因而,僅「IP視訊1」之一相對較小部分(例如,一分鐘之久的IP視訊1)且僅「IP視訊2」之一相對較小部分(例如,兩分鐘之久的IP視訊2)需要在媒體配接器快取記憶體1616中快取。此可為有利的,因為媒體配接器快取記憶體1616所需的儲存量可能減小,且媒體配接器快取記憶體1616仍可能能夠儲存大量IP視訊之一相對較小部分。For example, as indicated by an action 1606, the video content "IP Video 1" can be cached and pre-transcoded in a digital media adapter memory 1616 at a time "Time 1" (by the content entry 1610). Description) One portion 1608 and a portion 1612 of the video content "IP Video 2" (described by content entry 1614). The portion of the cached video content can be determined by the time required to visualize the video content without being fetched. For example, it may take a minute to download and use a video codec to decode the video content "IP Video 1" (described by content entry 1610) before it is ready to display the video content "IP Video 1" to a user. And it may take two minutes to download and use a video codec to decode the video content "IP Video 2" (described by content entry 1614) before it is ready to display the video content "IP Video 2" to a user. In this case, the portion 1608 of the cached video content "IP Video 1" may correspond to one minute of video viewing time (eg, downloading the video content "IP Video 1" and decoding the video content using a video codec" The time required for IP video 1", and the portion 1612 of the video content "IP Video 2" of the cached video can correspond to two minutes of video viewing time (for example, downloading video content "IP Video 2" and using a video encoding The time required for the decoder to decode the video content "IP Video 2". Therefore, only one of the "IP Video 1" is relatively small (for example, a one-minute IP video 1) and only one of the "IP Video 2" is relatively small (for example, two minutes of IP video 2) ) Need to cache in the media adapter cache 1616. This may be advantageous because the amount of storage required for the media adapter cache 1616 may be reduced, and the media adapter cache 1616 may still be able to store a relatively small portion of a large amount of IP video.

若在介於「時間1」與「時間2」之間的時間範圍期間,一使用者切換至元頻道1604a,則可在藉由一背景程序轉碼「IP視訊1」之原始版本且準備觀看時播放「IP視訊1」之所快取且經預先轉碼之部分1608。可發生自顯現該所快取且經預先轉碼之部分1608至顯現「IP視訊1」之原始版本的轉變。類似地,若使用者切換至元頻道1604d,則可在轉碼「IP視訊2」之原始版本且準備觀看時播放「IP視訊2」之所快取且經預先轉碼之部分1612。If a user switches to the meta channel 1604a during the time range between "Time 1" and "Time 2", the original version of "IP Video 1" can be transcoded by a background program and ready to be viewed. The portion of the cached "IP Video 1" that is cached and pre-transcoded is 1608. A transition from the portion 1608 of the cached and pre-transcoded to the original version of "IP Video 1" may occur. Similarly, if the user switches to the meta channel 1604d, the cached and pre-transcoded portion 1612 of "IP Video 2" can be played when the original version of "IP Video 2" is transcoded and ready for viewing.

在一時間「時間2」,可判定「IP視訊1」及「IP視訊2」之排程播放時間已過去,且因此,可將部分1608及1612自數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1616移除,如一數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1618所圖解闡釋。如一動作1619所指示,且在到達「時間2」之前,可在數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1618中快取且預先轉碼視訊內容「IP視訊4」(由內容輸入項1622描述)之一部分1620及視訊內容「IP視訊5」(由內容輸入項1626描述)之一部分1624。所快取的該視訊內容之該等部分1620及1624之大小可藉由基於在不快取的情況下顯現該視訊內容所需之時間而判定。At the time "Time 2", it can be determined that the scheduled playback time of "IP Video 1" and "IP Video 2" has elapsed, and therefore, some of the 1608 and 1612 can be moved from the digital media adapter memory 1616. In addition, as illustrated by a digital media adapter cache 1618. As indicated by an action 1619, and before the "Time 2" is reached, the video content "IP Video 4" (described by the content entry 1622) can be cached and pre-transcoded in the Digital Media Adapter Memory 1618. A portion 1620 of the portion 1620 and video content "IP Video 5" (described by content entry 1626). The size of the portions 1620 and 1624 of the cached video content can be determined by the time required to visualize the video content without being cached.

如一動作1628所指示,可排除快取視訊內容「IP視訊3」(由內容輸入項1630描述),因為該視訊內容在不快取的情況下足夠快地顯現。舉例而言,視訊內容「IP視訊3」可為可處理的,以使得其準備好在一小於一臨限時間(例如,小於半秒之臨限時間)的時間內觀看。若在一介於「時間2」與「時間3」之間的時間期間,一使用者切換至元頻道1604a,則可顯現「IP視訊3」之一原始版本。As indicated by action 1628, the cached video content "IP Video 3" (described by content entry 1630) may be excluded because the video content appears fast enough without being cached. For example, the video content "IP Video 3" may be processable such that it is ready for viewing in less than a threshold time (eg, less than half a second of the threshold time). If a user switches to the meta channel 1604a during a time interval between "time 2" and "time 3", an original version of "IP Video 3" can be displayed.

在一時間「時間3」,四個IP視訊(例如,「IP視訊6」、「IP視訊7」、「IP視訊8」及「IP視訊9」,分別由內容輸入項1632至1638描述)經排程以呈現。如一動作1640所指示,可能判定不可能快取所有經排程網際網路視訊之部分。舉例而言,可能判定數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1618中沒有足夠空間可用,及/或可能判定沒有足夠時間來下載及轉碼所有經排程網際網路視訊之部分。At the time "Time 3", four IP videos (for example, "IP Video 6", "IP Video 7", "IP Video 8" and "IP Video 9" are described by the content input items 1632 to 1638 respectively) Schedule to present. As indicated by action 1640, it may be determined that it is not possible to cache portions of all scheduled Internet video. For example, it may be determined that there is not enough space available in the digital media adapter cache 1618, and/or it may be determined that there is insufficient time to download and transcode all of the scheduled Internet video portions.

若判定不可能快取所有經排程網際網路視訊內容之部分,則可選擇經排程以顯示網際網路視訊內容之元頻道之一子集,且可快取並預先轉碼經排程以在包括於該子集中之元頻道上播放的網際網路視訊內容之部分。舉例而言,一方法可用以使所快取之部分之數目最大化。在此實例中,可藉由識別該等經識別的元頻道之組合而判定元頻道之一子集,對於該等組合,該數位媒體配接器快取記憶體具有在「時間3」之前儲存經排程以在包括於該組合中之元頻道中之每一者上呈現之內容之多個部分的能力。可自該等經識別組合中選擇該等經識別元頻道之一包括最大數目個頻道之組合。舉例而言,如一動作1642所指示,可將一包括元頻道1、2及「N」之組合識別為具有最大數目個頻道之一組合,且可在數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1650中預先轉碼且快取(分別地,視訊內容「IP視訊6」、「IP視訊7」及「IP視訊9」之)部分1644至1648。If it is determined that it is not possible to cache portions of all scheduled Internet video content, a subset of the meta-channels of the Internet video content may be scheduled to be displayed, and may be cached and pre-transcoded through the schedule. The portion of the Internet video content that is played on the meta channel included in the subset. For example, a method can be used to maximize the number of portions that are cached. In this example, a subset of the meta-channels can be determined by identifying a combination of the identified meta-channels for which the digital media adapter cache memory has been stored prior to "time 3" The ability to schedule portions of the content presented on each of the meta-channels included in the combination. One of the identified meta-channels can be selected from among the identified combinations including a combination of a maximum number of channels. For example, as indicated by an action 1642, a combination comprising the meta-channels 1, 2, and "N" can be identified as having one of a maximum number of channels, and can be in the digital media adapter cache 1650. Pre-transcoded and cached (respectively, video content "IP Video 6", "IP Video 7" and "IP Video 9") portions 1644 to 1648.

作為另一實例,可藉由存取指示該使用者在類似於該特定時間範圍的過去時間範圍期間已體驗的內容之一或多個類別的歷史觀看模式來選擇元頻道之一子集。可比較由該等經識別之元頻道中之每一者定義之內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式,且可基於由該等經識別之元頻道中之每一者定義之該內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間最可能體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集。舉例而言,一使用者可能先前已在一自「時間3」開始之時間段期間觀賞喜劇相關視訊,且IP視訊6、8及9可能包括喜劇相關內容,而IP視訊7可能包括偵探劇內容。因此,相應元頻道1604a、1604c及1604d可包括於選定元頻道之一子集中,而元頻道1604b可排除在選定元頻道之一子集之外。As another example, a subset of meta-channels may be selected by accessing a historical viewing mode indicating one or more categories of content that the user has experienced during a past time range similar to the particular time range. Comparing the content defined by each of the identified meta-channels with the accessed historical viewing patterns, and may be based on the content defined by each of the identified meta-channels The comparison of the accessed historical viewing modes determines a subset of the identified meta-channels that the user is most likely to experience during the particular time range. For example, a user may have previously watched comedy related video during a time period starting from "Time 3", and IP video 6, 8, and 9 may include comedy related content, while IP video 7 may include detective content. . Thus, the respective meta-channels 1604a, 1604c, and 1604d can be included in a subset of the selected meta-channels, while the meta-channel 1604b can be excluded from a subset of the selected meta-channels.

作為又一實例,可藉由以下操作選擇元頻道之一子集:判定使用者在選擇時所體驗之一元頻道;存取識別該使用者在體驗該使用者在選擇時所體驗之該元頻道之後通常選擇的一或多個元頻道之資訊;比較該所存取之資訊與該等經識別之元頻道;及基於該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道之該比較而判定該使用者在特定時間範圍期間最可能體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集。換言之,且舉例而言,若該使用者當前正在觀賞元頻道1604b,且若歷史資料指示該使用者在觀賞元頻道1604b之後通常選擇元頻道1604a或1604c,則元頻道1604a及1604c可包括於元頻道之該子集中。As a further example, a subset of the meta-channels can be selected by: determining one of the meta-channels experienced by the user when selecting; accessing the meta-channel that the user experiences while experiencing the user’s selection Information of one or more meta-channels that are typically selected; comparing the accessed information with the identified meta-channels; and determining the comparison based on the comparison of the accessed information with the identified meta-channels A subset of the identified meta-channels that the user is most likely to experience during a particular time frame. In other words, and for example, if the user is currently viewing the meta channel 1604b, and if the historical data indicates that the user typically selects the meta channel 1604a or 1604c after viewing the meta channel 1604b, the meta channels 1604a and 1604c may be included in the meta This subset of channels.

如一動作1652所指示,在一時間「時間4」,可偵測內容「IP視訊7」之結束時間(或,作為另一實例,可偵測部分1646之播放之結束),此可允許自數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1650清除部分1646。回應於對部分1646之清除,且如一動作1654所指示,可選擇一元頻道(例如,元頻道1604c)作為一要快取之新頻道。如一數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1658所圖解闡釋,可快取先前未快取之內容「IP視訊8」之一部分1656。在一些實施中,只要結束播放儲存於數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1650中之內容之一部分,數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1650即可清除該部分,即使仍在播放與該所快取之部分相關聯之原始視訊。在仍在播放該原始視訊時清除該所快取之部分可允許數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1650在一比如下情況早的時間快取額外內容:直至該原始視訊結束播放才清除該所快取之部分。As indicated by an action 1652, at the end of time "Time 4", the end time of the content "IP Video 7" can be detected (or, as another example, the end of the playback of the portion 1646 can be detected), which allows the self-digiting The media adapter cache 1650 clears the portion 1646. In response to the clearing of portion 1646, and as indicated by an action 1654, a unary channel (e.g., meta channel 1604c) can be selected as a new channel to be cached. As illustrated by a digital media adapter cache 1658, one of the previously uncached content "IP Video 8" 1656 can be cached. In some implementations, the digital media adapter caches the memory 1650 to clear the portion of the content stored in the digital media adapter cache 1650, even if it is still playing. Take part of the original video associated with it. Clearing the cached portion while still playing the original video may allow the digital media adapter cache memory 1650 to fetch additional content in an early time, for example, until the original video ends playing. The part of the cache.

圖17圖解闡釋一種用於顯現內容之系統1700。系統1700包括一元頻道伺服器1702、內容提供者1704至1706及一網際網路數位媒體配接器(DMA)1708,其全部連接至一網路1710。網際網路DMA 1708可經由網路1710自內容提供者1704至1706接收網際網路視訊或其他內容。內容提供者1704至1706可使用一公共網路源(例如,經由網際網路可獲得之內容)或使用一內容傳遞網路(CDN)提供內容。CDN為經最佳化(例如,針對效能、可擴充性及成本效率)以將諸如視訊或音訊內容之內容傳遞至(例如)用戶端器件(可能招致一費用)的合作器件之一網路。視訊內容可包括視訊檔案、視訊饋給(例如,podcast)或諸如BitTorrent檔案之其他內容。網路1710可為一或多個公共或私用、有線或無線網路(諸如,網際網路),或可為一會期起始協定(SIP)網路,諸如由TelTel提供之PsipTN網路。Figure 17 illustrates a system 1700 for visualizing content. System 1700 includes a meta channel server 1702, content providers 1704 through 1706, and an internet digital media adapter (DMA) 1708, all of which are coupled to a network 1710. Internet DMA 1708 can receive internet video or other content from content providers 1704 through 1706 via network 1710. Content providers 1704 through 1706 can provide content using a public network source (e.g., content available via the Internet) or using a content delivery network (CDN). The CDN is a network of cooperating devices that are optimized (eg, for performance, scalability, and cost efficiency) to deliver content such as video or audio content to, for example, a client device (possibly incurring a fee). Video content may include video files, video feeds (eg, podcasts), or other content such as BitTorrent files. The network 1710 can be one or more public or private, wired or wireless networks (such as the Internet), or can be a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) network, such as the PsipTN network provided by TelTel. .

可將接收到的視訊內容儲存於包括於網際網路DMA 1708中之電子儲存器1711中。可在一連接至網際網路DMA 1708之顯示器件1712(例如,電視螢幕、電腦監視器)上呈現接收到的視訊內容。元頻道伺服器1702可經由網路1710將包括使用者定義之元頻道之一清單的元頻道資訊傳達至網際網路DMA 1708或傳達至其他器件,諸如元頻道基地台(未圖示)。元頻道資訊可儲存於一元頻道資料庫1714中且自其擷取。The received video content can be stored in an electronic storage 1711 included in the Internet DMA 1708. The received video content can be presented on a display device 1712 (e.g., a television screen, computer monitor) connected to the Internet DMA 1708. The meta channel server 1702 can communicate meta channel information including a list of user defined meta channels to the internet DMA 1708 via the network 1710 or to other devices, such as a meta channel base station (not shown). The meta channel information can be stored in and retrieved from the unary channel database 1714.

圖18為圖解闡釋一種用於使一媒體系統能夠顯現內容之電腦實施的程序1800之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序1800包括儲存元頻道資訊、存取對應於由元頻道對於一特定時間範圍定義之內容的內容輸入項、識別由該等元頻道對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容的一或多個類型、基於內容之該等經識別類型選擇元頻道之一子集、將由元頻道之該選定子集定義之內容之一經解碼版本儲存於與一使用者之媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中,及回應於使用者選擇元頻道之該子集中之一者,控制該媒體系統以使用內容之該經解碼版本顯現內容。18 is a flow chart diagram illustrating a computer implemented program 1800 for enabling a media system to visualize content. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 1800 includes storing meta-channel information, accessing content entries corresponding to content defined by the meta-channel for a particular time range, and identifying content defined by the meta-channels for the particular time range. One or more types, a subset of the identified types of content-based selected meta-channels, and one of the content defined by the selected subset of meta-channels, stored in a decoded version, in an electronic associated with a user's media system In the storage, and in response to the user selecting one of the subset of meta-channels, the media system is controlled to visualize the content using the decoded version of the content.

更詳細地,當程序1800開始時,將元頻道資訊儲存於一媒體系統之電子儲存器中(1802)。舉例而言,元頻道資訊可定義多個元頻道,其中每一元頻道可涉及多個內容輸入項,且定義將在一特定元頻道上呈現內容輸入項之次序。一內容輸入項與可自一內容提供者(諸如,一電視廣播公司或一網際網路視訊源)獲得的內容有關。元頻道資訊可儲存於一中央儲存庫中,且可轉移至一駐留於(例如)一使用者之家中的元頻道基地台且在該元頻道基地台上快取。In more detail, when the program 1800 begins, the meta channel information is stored in an electronic storage of a media system (1802). For example, the meta channel information can define a plurality of meta channels, wherein each meta channel can relate to a plurality of content input items and define an order in which content input items are to be presented on a particular meta channel. A content entry is associated with content that is obtainable from a content provider, such as a television broadcaster or an internet video source. The meta-channel information can be stored in a central repository and can be transferred to a meta-channel base station residing in, for example, a user's home and cached on the meta-channel base station.

在儲存元頻道資訊之後,自儲存於該電子儲存器中之該元頻道資訊存取對應於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於一特定時間範圍定義之內容的內容輸入項(1804),其中該等所存取之內容輸入項包括與由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之一第一類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項及與由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之一第二類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項。舉例而言,可自一元頻道基地台及/或自一中央儲存庫或伺服器存取內容輸入項。該特定時間範圍可為一即將到來的時間(例如,5 p.m.)或時間段(例如,5 p.m.至7 p.m.),且該等所存取之內容輸入項可對應於經排程以於該特定時間範圍或在該特定時間範圍期間在一或多個元頻道上呈現之內容。內容輸入項通常可涉及各種類型之內容,諸如自一特定本地或有線電視提供者接收之廣播電視內容、網際網路視訊、音訊CD音樂或來自一「點播」有線電視服務之內容。第一類型之內容可係(例如)由一有線電視頻道廣播。第二類型之內容可為(例如)網際網路視訊。After storing the meta channel information, the meta channel information stored in the electronic storage accesses content input items corresponding to content defined by each of the plurality of meta channels for a specific time range (1804) The content entry accessed by the content includes at least one content input associated with content of a first type broadcast by a content provider at a particular time and in response to a user request by a content provider Making at least one content entry related to the second type of content available via a network. For example, content entries can be accessed from a one-channel base station and/or from a central repository or server. The particular time range can be an upcoming time (eg, 5 pm) or a time period (eg, 5 pm to 7 pm), and the accessed content inputs can correspond to the scheduled for that particular A time range or content presented on one or more meta channels during that particular time range. Content inputs can typically involve various types of content, such as broadcast television content received from a particular local or cable television provider, Internet video, audio CD music, or content from an "on-demand" cable television service. The first type of content can be broadcast, for example, by a cable television channel. The second type of content can be, for example, internet video.

在存取內容輸入項之後,基於該等所存取之內容輸入項識別由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容之一類型(1806)。舉例而言,在5 p.m.,一第一元頻道可經排程以呈現一MSO廣播,且一第二元頻道可經排程以呈現一網際網路視訊。After accessing the content entry, a type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range is identified based on the accessed content entry (1806). For example, at 5 p.m., a first meta channel can be scheduled to present an MSO broadcast, and a second meta channel can be scheduled to present an internet video.

在識別每一元頻道之內容之一類型之後,基於內容之該經識別類型選擇該等元頻道之一子集(1808)。舉例而言,可選擇經排程以呈現網際網路視訊內容之元頻道。更詳細地,圖19圖解闡釋一種用於基於內容之一經識別類型選擇元頻道之一子集之電腦實施的程序1900。簡言之,電腦實施的程序1900包括:識別多個元頻道,對於該多個元頻道,開始顯現由該元頻道定義之內容所需的時間超過一臨限時間;對於該等經識別元頻道中之每一者,判定使得能夠無內容顯現之間斷地自使用一經解碼版本轉變至使用一原始版本所需的內容之一量;判定媒體系統之電子儲存器是否具有在定義將體驗之內容的時間之前儲存該所判定量之內容的能力;當該電子儲存器具有儲存該所判定量之內容的能力時,選擇所有該等經識別元頻道來儲存該內容之一經解碼版本;及當該電子儲存器不具有儲存該所判定量之內容的能力時,選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集來儲存該內容之一經解碼版本。After identifying one of the types of content for each meta-channel, a subset of the meta-channels is selected based on the identified type of content (1808). For example, a meta-channel that is scheduled to present Internet content for video can be selected. In more detail, FIG. 19 illustrates a computer-implemented program 1900 for selecting a subset of meta-channels based on an identified type of content. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 1900 includes: identifying a plurality of meta-channels for which the time required to begin to visualize the content defined by the meta-channel exceeds a threshold time; for the identified meta-channels Each of the determinations enables an amount of content that is required to transition from using a decoded version to using an original version intermittently without content rendering; determining whether the electronic storage of the media system has content defining the content to be experienced The ability to store the content of the determined amount prior to time; when the electronic storage has the ability to store the determined amount of content, select all of the identified meta-channels to store a decoded version of the content; and when the electronic When the storage does not have the ability to store the determined amount of content, a subset of the identified meta-channels is selected to store a decoded version of the content.

更詳細地,當程序1900開始時,識別多個元頻道,對於該多個元頻道,開始顯現由該元頻道定義之內容所需的時間超過一臨限時間(1902)。舉例而言,圖20圖解闡釋一種用於識別多個元頻道之實例程序2000,對於該多個元頻道,開始顯現內容所需的時間超過一臨限時間。當程序2000開始時,識別多個元頻道,其中該等元頻道定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之內容(2002)。舉例而言,可識別經排程以在一特定時間範圍期間呈現網際網路視訊內容之多個元頻道。In more detail, when the program 1900 begins, a plurality of meta-channels are identified, for which the time required to begin to visualize the content defined by the meta-channel exceeds a threshold time (1902). For example, Figure 20 illustrates an example program 2000 for identifying a plurality of meta-channels for which the time required to begin visualizing content exceeds a threshold time. When the program 2000 begins, a plurality of meta-channels are identified, wherein the meta-channels define content that is available via a network in response to a user request by a content provider (2002). For example, a plurality of meta-channels that are scheduled to present Internet video content during a particular time frame can be identified.

在識別多個元頻道之後,判定開始顯現由該等經識別元頻道定義之內容所需的時間(2004)。舉例而言,對於每一視訊,可判定使用一視訊編解碼器轉碼該視訊內容所需的時間量。After identifying a plurality of meta-channels, the time required to begin to visualize the content defined by the identified meta-channels is determined (2004). For example, for each video, the amount of time required to transcode the video content using a video codec can be determined.

接下來,判定開始顯現內容所需的該時間是否超過一臨限時間(2006)。舉例而言,可比較開始顯現內容所需的該時間與半秒之臨限時間。Next, it is determined whether the time required to start visualizing the content exceeds a threshold time (2006). For example, the time required to begin visualizing the content and the threshold time of half a second can be compared.

若開始顯現內容所需的該所判定時間不超過一臨限時間,則不選擇元頻道(2008)。若開始顯現內容所需的該所判定時間超過一臨限時間,則選擇該元頻道(2010)。If the determined time required to start presenting the content does not exceed a threshold time, the meta channel is not selected (2008). If the determined time required to start presenting the content exceeds a threshold time, the meta channel is selected (2010).

返回至圖19,對於該等經識別元頻道中之每一者,判定使得能夠無內容顯現之間斷地自使用一經解碼版本轉變至使用一原始版本所需的內容之一量(1904)。舉例而言,可選擇內容之該量以使得該量之內容的播放時間等於或大於轉碼不包括該所判定量之內容的一視訊之剩餘部分所需的時間量。作為一更特定實例,若一完整網際網路視訊花費5秒來轉碼,則可判定內容之該量稍小於內容之前5秒(例如,4.9秒)。換言之,4.9秒可為將自4.9秒開始的網際網路視訊之剩餘部分轉碼為該視訊所需的時間量。可基於開始顯現該內容所需的所判定時間量來判定一內容大小。Returning to Figure 19, for each of the identified meta-channels, a determination is made to enable the content-free presentation to transition from using a decoded version to an amount of content required to use an original version (1904). For example, the amount of content can be selected such that the playback time of the content of the amount is equal to or greater than the amount of time required to transcode the remainder of a video that does not include the content of the determined amount. As a more specific example, if a full Internet video takes 5 seconds to transcode, it can be determined that the amount of content is slightly less than 5 seconds before the content (eg, 4.9 seconds). In other words, 4.9 seconds can be the amount of time required to transcode the remainder of the Internet video from 4.9 seconds into the video. A content size may be determined based on the determined amount of time required to begin visualizing the content.

接下來,判定媒體系統之電子儲存器是否具有在定義將體驗之內容的時間之前儲存該所判定量之內容的能力(1906)。舉例而言,可判定該等經識別元頻道之內容之合計量是否超過與該媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中的可用儲存量。舉例而言,內容之合計量可能為100百萬位元組,且該媒體系統中之可用儲存量可能為80百萬位元組(在此情況下,可判定該媒體系統不具有儲存該所判定量之內容的能力)。作為另一實例,可藉由判定至該特定時間範圍之開始為止剩餘的時間量是否超過該媒體系統下載、轉碼及儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容所需的一時間量來判定該媒體系統是否具有儲存該所判定量之內容的能力。Next, it is determined if the electronic storage of the media system has the ability to store the determined amount of content prior to the time at which the content to be experienced is defined (1906). For example, it can be determined whether the total amount of content of the identified meta-channels exceeds the available storage in the electronic storage associated with the media system. For example, the total content of the content may be 100 million bytes, and the available storage capacity in the media system may be 80 million bytes (in this case, it may be determined that the media system does not have the storage place) The ability to determine the content of the quantity). As another example, by determining whether the amount of time remaining until the beginning of the particular time range exceeds the media system downloading, transcoding, and storing the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels An amount of time is required to determine if the media system has the ability to store the determined amount of content.

當該電子儲存器具有儲存該所判定量之內容的能力時,選擇所有該等經識別元頻道來儲存該內容之一經解碼版本(1908)。相比之下,當該電子儲存器不具有儲存該所判定量之內容的能力時,選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集來儲存該內容之一經解碼版本(1910)。When the electronic storage has the ability to store the determined amount of content, all of the identified meta-channels are selected to store a decoded version of the content (1908). In contrast, when the electronic storage does not have the ability to store the determined amount of content, a subset of the identified meta-channels is selected to store a decoded version of the content (1910).

舉例而言,可藉由識別該等經識別元頻道之組合來選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集,對於該等組合,與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該電子儲存器具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存包括於該組合中之該等元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的能力。在此實例中,可自該等經識別組合中選擇該等經識別元頻道之一包括最大數目個頻道之組合。舉例而言,若一媒體系統之電子儲存器具有20百萬位元組的可用空間,且若第一元頻道、第二元頻道及第三元頻道之內容的所判定量分別為10百萬位元組、10百萬位元組及20百萬位元組,則可選擇將第一元頻道及第二元頻道包括於經識別元頻道之一子集中,且可將第三元頻道排除在經識別元頻道之該子集之外。For example, a subset of the identified meta-channels can be selected by identifying a combination of the identified meta-channels for which the electronic storage associated with the media system of the user has The ability to store the content of the determined amount of each of the meta-channels included in the combination prior to the particular time range. In this example, one of the identified meta-channels can be selected from the identified combinations including a combination of the largest number of channels. For example, if the electronic storage of a media system has 20 million bytes of available space, and if the contents of the first meta channel, the second meta channel, and the third meta channel are determined to be 10 million, respectively. A byte, a 10 megabyte, and a 20 megabyte may optionally include the first meta channel and the second meta channel in a subset of the identified meta channels, and may exclude the third meta channel Beyond this subset of identified meta channels.

作為另一實例,可藉由存取指示該使用者在類似於特定時間範圍的過去時間範圍期間已體驗的內容之一或多個類別的歷史觀看模式來選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集。可比較由該等經識別元頻道中之每一者定義之內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式,且可基於由該等經識別元頻道中之每一者定義之內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間最可能體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集。換言之,且舉例而言,一使用者可能先前已在該特定時間範圍期間觀賞過喜劇視訊,則可選擇將經排程以在該特定時間範圍期間呈現喜劇相關內容的元頻道包括於經識別元頻道之該子集中,且可將經排程以呈現其他類別之內容(例如,偵探劇、新聞內容、體育內容等)的元頻道排除在經識別元頻道之該子集之外。在上述實例之一實施中,各自定義需要10百萬位元組之儲存量之內容的第一元頻道及第二元頻道可能各自與一新類別之內容有關,且定義需要20百萬位元組之儲存量之內容的第三元頻道可能與一喜劇類別之內容有關。在此實施中,可基於該使用者之指示該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間偏愛喜劇相關內容之歷史觀看模式選擇將第三元頻道包括於經識別元頻道之一子集中,儘管該選擇導致較少元頻道具有所快取之IP視訊內容。As another example, one of the identified meta-channels may be selected by accessing a historical viewing mode indicating one or more categories of content that the user has experienced during a past time range similar to a particular time range. set. Comparing the content defined by each of the identified meta-channels with the accessed historical viewing modes, and based on the content defined by each of the identified meta-channels The comparison of the historical viewing modes of the access determines a subset of the identified meta-channels that the user is most likely to experience during the particular time range. In other words, and by way of example, a user may have previously viewed comedy video during the particular time range, then the meta-channel that is scheduled to present comedy-related content during the particular time range may be selected to be included in the identified element. This subset of channels, and meta-channels that are scheduled to present content of other categories (eg, detective drama, news content, sports content, etc.) may be excluded from the subset of identified meta-channels. In one implementation of the above example, the first meta channel and the second meta channel each defining a content requiring a storage of 10 million bytes may each be related to the content of a new category, and the definition requires 20 million bits. The third meta channel of the content of the group's storage may be related to the content of a comedy category. In this implementation, the third meta channel may be included in a subset of the identified meta channels based on the user's indication that the user prefers the historical viewing mode of the comedy related content during the particular time range, although the selection results in The less meta channel has the cached IP video content.

作為又一實例,可藉由以下操作選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集:判定該使用者在選擇時所體驗之一元頻道;存取識別該使用者在體驗該使用者在選擇時所體驗之該元頻道之後通常選擇的一或多個元頻道之資訊;比較該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道;及基於該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間最可能體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集。換言之,且舉例而言,若該使用者當前正觀賞元頻道「4」,且若歷史資料指示該使用者在觀賞元頻道「4」之後通常選擇元頻道「5」或「8」,則可將元頻道「5」及「8」包括於經識別元頻道之該子集中(亦即,將該等元頻道包括於該等經識別元頻道中)。As a further example, a subset of the identified meta-channels may be selected by: determining one of the meta-channels experienced by the user when selecting; accessing to identify that the user is experiencing the user’s selection Experiencing information of one or more meta-channels that are typically selected after the meta-channel; comparing the accessed information with the identified meta-channels; and based on the accessed information and the identified meta-channels A comparison determines a subset of the identified meta-channels that the user is most likely to experience during the particular time range. In other words, for example, if the user is currently viewing the meta channel "4", and if the historical data indicates that the user usually selects the meta channel "5" or "8" after viewing the meta channel "4", then The meta-channels "5" and "8" are included in the subset of the identified meta-channels (i.e., the equal-element channels are included in the identified meta-channels).

返回至圖18,在選擇元頻道之一子集之後,將由元頻道之該選定子集中之每一者定義之內容之一部分(例如,一相對較小部分)之一經解碼版本儲存於與一使用者之媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中(1810)。舉例而言,圖21圖解闡釋一種用於儲存內容之實例程序2100。當程序2100開始時,下載由一元頻道定義之內容之一部分(2102)。舉例而言,可使用(例如)網際網路或一內容傳遞網路下載網際網路視訊內容。 Returning to Figure 18, after selecting a subset of the meta-channels, one of the portions of the content defined by each of the selected subsets of the meta-channels (e.g., a relatively small portion) is stored in a decoded version and used In the electronic storage associated with the media system (1810). For example, Figure 21 illustrates an example program 2100 for storing content. When program 2100 begins, a portion of the content defined by the unary channel is downloaded (2102). For example, Internet video content can be downloaded using, for example, the Internet or a content delivery network.

在下載內容之該部分之後,判定使得能夠自使用一經解碼版本轉變至一原始版本所需的內容之一初始部分(2104)。舉例而言,可使用一視訊編解碼器編碼由一內容提供者使得可獲得的該內容之該原始版本。該原始視訊編解碼器可比一較快的不同視訊編解碼器慢。可判定使用該原始視訊編解碼格式開始顯現該內容所需的時間,且可基於使用該較慢視訊編解碼格式開始顯現該內容所需的該所判定時間選擇將該內容之一初始部分預先轉碼為該較快視訊編解碼格式。換言之,可選擇該初始部分之一時間長度,以使得所顯現的該初始部分之播放持續等於或大於使用該原始的較慢視訊編解碼格式開始顯現該內容所需的該時間之一時間。 After downloading the portion of the content, an initial portion of the content that enables the transition from a decoded version to an original version is determined (2104). For example, a video codec can be used to encode the original version of the content that is made available by a content provider. The original video codec can be slower than a faster different video codec. Determining a time required to begin rendering the content using the original video codec format, and selecting an initial portion of the content to be pre-transferred based on the determined time required to begin rendering the content using the slower video codec format The code is the faster video codec format. In other words, one of the initial portions may be selected for a length of time such that the playback of the rendered initial portion continues for one or more of the time required to begin rendering the content using the original slower video codec format.

在判定一初始部分之後,將該內容之該初始部分轉碼為不同於該原始版本之一較慢視訊編解碼格式之一較快視訊編解碼格式(2106)。該較快視訊編解碼格式可允許該初始部分在一相對較短的時間段(例如,0.5秒)內開始觀看。藉由將該內容之該初始部分自一較慢視訊編解碼格式轉碼為一較快視訊編解碼格式,自選擇該內容時起至向使用者播 放該內容時的一延遲可得以減小,且可使其與廣播電視頻道之間的轉頻道之延遲相當(例如,減小至半秒或更小之延遲)。 After determining an initial portion, the initial portion of the content is transcoded to a faster video encoding and decoding format (2106) than one of the slower video encoding and decoding formats of the original version. The faster video codec format may allow the initial portion to begin viewing for a relatively short period of time (e.g., 0.5 seconds). By transcoding the initial portion of the content from a slow video encoding and decoding format to a faster video encoding and decoding format, from the time the content is selected to the user A delay in placing the content can be reduced and can be made comparable to the delay of the switching channel between the broadcast television channels (e.g., reduced to a half second or less).

在轉碼該初始部分之後,將該內容之該經轉碼初始部分儲存於媒體系統之電子儲存器中(2108)。舉例而言,可將該初始部分儲存於與一數位媒體配接器相關聯之電子儲存器中。 After transcoding the initial portion, the transcoded initial portion of the content is stored in an electronic storage of the media system (2108). For example, the initial portion can be stored in an electronic storage associated with a digital media adapter.

返回至圖18,回應於使用者選擇元頻道之該子集中之一者,控制該媒體系統以使用內容之該經解碼版本顯現內容(1812)。舉例而言,圖22圖解闡釋一種用於控制一媒體系統之實例程序2200。執行程序2200可(例如)使用於切換至一播放網際網路視訊之選定元頻道的一頻道切換時間能夠與用於切換至一播放一即時播送之電視廣播之元頻道的一頻道切換時間相當。程序2200以接收對一元頻道之選擇開始(2202)。舉例而言,使用者可藉由選擇一遙控器件上之一按鈕來選擇一元頻道。 Returning to Figure 18, in response to the user selecting one of the subset of meta-channels, the media system is controlled to use the decoded version of the content to render the content (1812). For example, Figure 22 illustrates an example program 2200 for controlling a media system. The execution program 2200 can, for example, use one channel switching time for switching to a selected meta channel of a play internet video to be comparable to a channel switching time for switching to a meta channel for playing a live broadcast. The program 2200 begins by receiving a selection of a meta channel (2202). For example, the user can select a meta channel by selecting one of the buttons on a remote control device.

在接收對一元頻道之選擇之後,判定是否已儲存內容之一經解碼版本(2204)。舉例而言,可判定視訊內容之一經解碼版本是否作為執行程序2100之結果而儲存於媒體系統之電子儲存器中。該內容之該經解碼版本可僅包括該內容之一初始部分。 After receiving the selection of the unary channel, it is determined whether one of the decoded versions of the content has been stored (2204). For example, it can be determined whether the decoded version of one of the video content is stored in the electronic storage of the media system as a result of executing the program 2100. The decoded version of the content may include only an initial portion of the content.

若未儲存該內容之一經解碼版本,則使用一原始版本顯現內容(2206)。可轉碼且接著顯現該原始版本。舉例而言,若能夠在一短時間段(例如,0.5秒)內轉碼及顯現該內容之一原始版本,或若該媒體系統之該電子儲存器不具有儲存由元頻道定義之所有IP視訊內容的能力且未選擇該內容以供快取,則可能未儲存一經解碼版本。If one of the decoded versions of the content is not stored, the content is rendered using an original version (2206). The code can be transcoded and then the original version is rendered. For example, if it is possible to transcode and visualize an original version of the content for a short period of time (eg, 0.5 seconds), or if the electronic storage of the media system does not have all of the IP video defined by the meta channel The ability of the content and the content is not selected for caching may not store a decoded version.

若儲存了該內容之一經解碼版本,則最初使用該經解碼版本顯現該內容(2208)。該經解碼版本可使用一較快視訊編解碼器,且該經解碼版本之使用可允許內容之顯現(例如)在小於半秒內開始。If one of the decoded versions of the content is stored, the content is initially rendered using the decoded version (2208). The decoded version may use a faster video codec, and the use of the decoded version may allow the presentation of content to begin, for example, in less than half a second.

與該經解碼版本之該顯現同時,觸發用以顯現該內容之一原始版本之一程序(2210)。舉例而言,當正顯現該經解碼版本時,可在一背景程序中轉碼且準備觀看該內容之該原始版本。在一些實施中,該背景程序亦可包括下載該內容之該原始版本。Simultaneous with the presentation of the decoded version, a program to render one of the original versions of the content is triggered (2210). For example, when the decoded version is being rendered, it can be transcoded in a background program and ready to view the original version of the content. In some implementations, the background program can also include downloading the original version of the content.

接下來,當該原始版本準備好顯現時,一程序自使用一經解碼版本轉變至一原始版本(2212)。舉例而言,當該原始版本之轉碼及該經解碼版本之顯現完成時,可起始用以顯現該原始版本之一程序,其中該原始版本之顯現在該內容中之與該經解碼版本之顯現結束之位置相同的位置開始,使得自使用該經解碼版本至一原始版本之轉變在視覺上對使用者而言看起來係順暢的。Next, when the original version is ready to appear, a program transitions from using a decoded version to an original version (2212). For example, when the transcoding of the original version and the rendering of the decoded version are completed, a program for visualizing the original version may be initiated, wherein the original version appears in the content and the decoded version The position where the appearance ends is the same, so that the transition from using the decoded version to an original version visually appears smooth to the user.

圖23A至圖23C為圖解闡釋下載內容以供使用一媒體系統觀看之情境圖。可(例如)在一電視螢幕上顯示一元頻道指南2302。可為一電子節目指南之指南2302可顯示關於由一或多個元頻道2304a至2304e定義之內容之資訊。指南2302可顯示將在一週中之特定日子(例如,星期一)或一特定日曆日(例如,2008年10月1日)呈現的內容之一時間表。23A-23C are context diagrams illustrating the downloading of content for viewing using a media system. The meta channel guide 2302 can be displayed, for example, on a television screen. A guide 2302, which may be an electronic program guide, may display information about the content defined by one or more of the meta-channels 2304a through 2304e. The guide 2302 may display a schedule of content to be presented on a particular day of the week (eg, Monday) or a particular calendar day (eg, October 1, 2008).

元頻道2304a至2304e各自識別將在一各別元頻道上呈現之內容輸入項,且指示將在該元頻道上呈現該等內容輸入項之次序。舉例而言,如指南2302中所顯示,一內容輸入項2306a指示一IP視訊「1」經排程以於4 p.m.至5 p.m.在元頻道2304c上呈現。另外,內容輸入項2306b至2306f指示IP視訊「2」至「6」經排程以於5 p.m.至6 p.m.分別在元頻道2304a至2304e上播放,且一內容輸入項2306g指示一IP視訊「7」經排程以於6 p.m.至7 p.m.在元頻道2304e上呈現。Meta-channels 2304a through 2304e each identify content entries to be presented on a respective meta-channel and indicate the order in which the content inputs will be presented on the meta-channel. For example, as shown in guide 2302, a content entry 2306a indicates that an IP video "1" is scheduled to be presented on the meta channel 2304c from 4 p.m. to 5 p.m. In addition, the content entries 2306b to 2306f indicate that the IP video "2" to "6" are scheduled to be played on the meta channels 2304a to 2304e at 5 pm to 6 pm, respectively, and a content input 2306g indicates an IP video "7" The schedule is presented on meta channel 2304e from 6 pm to 7 pm.

指南2302指示不同於IP視訊之內容經排程。舉例而言,一內容輸入項2308a指示自MSO頻道6接收之內容經排程以於6 p.m.至7 p.m.在元頻道2304b上呈現。作為另一實例,一內容輸入項2308b指示自MSO頻道1接收之內容經排程以於4 p.m.至5 p.m.在元頻道2304a上呈現。Guide 2302 indicates that content other than IP video is scheduled. For example, a content entry 2308a indicates that content received from the MSO channel 6 is scheduled to be rendered on the meta channel 2304b from 6 p.m. to 7 p.m. As another example, a content entry 2308b indicates that content received from MSO channel 1 is scheduled to be rendered on meta channel 2304a from 4 p.m. to 5 p.m.

基於網路之視訊(諸如,IP視訊)可在該等視訊經排程以呈現之前下載(且可能加以轉碼),使得若一使用者選擇經排程以呈現一視訊之一元頻道,則該視訊內容已下載及解碼且準備好播放。若基於網路之視訊未在其經排程之開始時間之前下載,且若一使用者選擇經排程以呈現基於網路之視訊內容之一元頻道,則一延遲可在等待下載及轉碼視訊時發生。Network-based video (such as IP video) can be downloaded (and possibly transcoded) before the video is scheduled for presentation, such that if a user chooses to schedule a video one-dimensional channel, then The video content has been downloaded and decoded and is ready to play. If the web-based video is not downloaded before the scheduled start time, and if a user chooses to schedule a video channel based on one of the network-based video content, then a delay can be awaiting download and transcoding video. Occurs when.

可(例如)使用一公共網路源(PNS)(諸如,在網際網路上找到的一公共內容源)或使用一內容傳遞網路(CDN)下載視訊。一CDN為經最佳化(例如,針對效能、可擴充性及成本效率)以將諸如視訊或音訊內容之內容傳遞至(例如)用戶端器件的合作器件之一網路。一CDN可能為使用其下載服務而收費,而一PNS可免費地提供下載服務。Video can be downloaded, for example, using a public network source (PNS) (such as a common content source found on the Internet) or using a content delivery network (CDN). A CDN is a network of cooperating devices that are optimized (eg, for performance, scalability, and cost efficiency) to deliver content, such as video or audio content, to, for example, a client device. A CDN may charge for the use of its download service, and a PNS may provide a download service for free.

可計算自不同源下載視訊內容所需的時間之估計值。舉例而言,可計算自一PNS及自一CDN下載一視訊所需的時間之估計值。舉例而言,一表2310說明使用一PNS下載各種視訊之下載時間估計值(例如,對於自PNS下載IP視訊「2」,已計算出為30分鐘之估計值2312)。一表2314說明使用CDN下載各種視訊之下載時間估計值(例如,對於自CDN下載IP視訊「7」,已計算出為5分鐘之估計值2316)。如表2310及2314中所示,使用CDN之下載時間通常小於使用PNS之下載時間。未顯示自PNS下載IP視訊「3」之估計時間,因為(例如)IP視訊「3」不可自PNS獲得(如表2314所指示,IP視訊「3」可經由CDN獲得)。未顯示自CDN下載IP視訊「6」之估計時間,因為(例如)IP視訊「6」不可自CDN獲得(如表2310所指示,IP視訊「6」可自PNS獲得)。Estimates of the time required to download video content from different sources. For example, an estimate of the time required to download a video from a PNS and from a CDN can be calculated. For example, a table 2310 illustrates downloading various video download time estimates using a PNS (eg, for an IP video "2" downloaded from the PNS, an estimate of 23 minutes has been calculated 2312). A table 2314 illustrates downloading time estimate values for various video downloads using the CDN (e.g., for an IP video "7" downloaded from the CDN, an estimated value of 23 minutes for 5 minutes has been calculated). As shown in Tables 2310 and 2314, the download time using CDN is typically less than the download time using PNS. The estimated time to download the IP video "3" from the PNS is not displayed because, for example, the IP video "3" is not available from the PNS (as indicated in Table 2314, the IP video "3" is available via the CDN). The estimated time to download the IP video "6" from the CDN is not displayed because, for example, the IP video "6" is not available from the CDN (as indicated in Table 2310, the IP video "6" is available from the PNS).

在已計算出自多個源下載基於網路之視訊所需的時間之估計量之後,可比較估計時間與至該等基於網路之視訊經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間量。基於該等比較,可選擇用以下載每一視訊之一初始源。舉例而言,若自PNS下載一視訊所需的估計時間小於至該視訊經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間,則可選擇該PNS作為該視訊之初始下載源。若自該PNS下載一視訊所需的估計時間多於至該視訊該經排程播放為止剩餘的時間,則可選擇一CDN作為該視訊之初始下載源。After the estimated amount of time required to download the network-based video from multiple sources has been calculated, the estimated time and the amount of time remaining until the network-based video schedule is played for can be compared. Based on the comparisons, an initial source for downloading each video can be selected. For example, if the estimated time required to download a video from the PNS is less than the time remaining until the video is scheduled to play, the PNS can be selected as the initial download source of the video. If the estimated time required to download a video from the PNS is more than the time remaining until the scheduled playback of the video, a CDN may be selected as the initial download source for the video.

舉例而言,如指南2302中所指示,IP視訊「2」至「6」各自經排程以於5 p.m.播放。在4 p.m.,可比較自一PNS下載IP視訊「2」所需的30分鐘估計時間與至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的60分鐘時間。由於自一PNS下載IP視訊「2」所需的估計時間小於至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間,故可執行一動作2320a以開始自PNS下載IP視訊「2」。類似地,由於自一PNS下載IP視訊「6」所需的55分鐘估計時間小於至IP視訊「6」經排程以播放為止剩餘的60分鐘時間,故可執行一動作2320e以開始自該PNS下載IP視訊「6」。作為另一實例,由於自一PNS下載IP視訊「4」所需的1小時估計時間等於至IP視訊「4」經排程以播放為止剩餘的60分鐘時間(亦即,在該時間範圍內),故可執行一動作2320c以開始自該PNS下載IP視訊「4」。For example, as indicated in Guide 2302, IP video "2" through "6" are each scheduled to play at 5 p.m. At 4 p.m., the estimated 30-minute time required to download the IP video "2" from a PNS and the remaining 60 minutes until the IP video "2" is scheduled to play can be compared. Since the estimated time required to download the IP video "2" from a PNS is less than the time remaining until the IP video "2" is scheduled to play, an action 2320a can be performed to start downloading the IP video "2" from the PNS. Similarly, since the estimated 55-minute time required to download the IP video "6" from a PNS is less than the remaining 60 minutes until the IP video "6" is scheduled for playback, an action 2320e can be performed to start from the PNS. Download IP video "6". As another example, the estimated time of one hour required to download the IP video "4" from a PNS is equal to the remaining 60 minutes until the IP video "4" is scheduled to play (ie, within the time range) Therefore, an action 2320c can be performed to start downloading the IP video "4" from the PNS.

在4 p.m.,可比較自一PNS下載IP視訊「5」所需的2小時估計時間與至IP視訊「5」經排程以播放為止剩餘的60分鐘時間。由於下載IP視訊「5」所需的估計時間多於至IP視訊「5」經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間,故可執行一動作2320d以開始自一CDN下載IP視訊「5」。若不可獲得自一PNS之下載時間之估計值(諸如,在此實例中,對於IP視訊「3」),則可執行一動作2320b以開始自一CDN下載IP視訊「3」(因為可能不知曉自一PNS之下載是否可按時完成)。作為另一實例,可自一CDN開始IP視訊「3」之下載,因為IP視訊「3」不可自PNS獲得。At 4 p.m., the estimated 2-hour estimated time required to download the IP video "5" from a PNS and the remaining 60 minutes until the IP video "5" is scheduled to play can be compared. Since the estimated time required to download the IP video "5" is more than the time remaining until the IP video "5" is scheduled to play, an action 2320d can be performed to start downloading the IP video "5" from a CDN. If an estimate of the download time from a PNS is not available (such as in this example, for IP video "3"), then an action 2320b can be performed to begin downloading the IP video "3" from a CDN (because it may not be known) Whether the download from a PNS can be completed on time). As another example, the download of the IP video "3" can be started from a CDN because the IP video "3" is not available from the PNS.

若至一視訊經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間超過一臨限值(例如,90分鐘),則可延遲考慮一初始下載源。舉例而言,IP視訊「7」經排程以於6 p.m.播放。在4 p.m.(例如,在該經排程之開始時間之前120分鐘),如動作2320f所指示,可判定延遲考慮IP視訊「7」之初始下載源直至5 p.m.。If the time remaining until the video is scheduled for playback exceeds a threshold (eg, 90 minutes), an initial download source may be deferred. For example, IP video "7" is scheduled to play at 6 p.m. At 4 p.m. (e.g., 120 minutes before the scheduled start time), as indicated by action 2320f, it may be determined that the delay is considered to be the initial download source for IP video "7" up to 5 p.m.

一或多個規則可適用於自CDN下載內容。舉例而言,一規則可限制一特定使用者自CDN可進行的下載之數目。舉例而言,在對應於此實例的日子之4 p.m.,可允許該使用者自一CDN進行4次下載。若一或多個規則限制自一CDN下載內容,則其他規則可定義下載哪個內容。將在下文較詳細地論述諸規則。One or more rules may apply to download content from the CDN. For example, a rule may limit the number of downloads a particular user can make from a CDN. For example, 4 p.m. on the day corresponding to this example may allow the user to perform 4 downloads from a CDN. If one or more rules restrict downloading content from a CDN, other rules may define which content to download. The rules will be discussed in more detail below.

可監視下載之進展以判定下載是否進行,以使得下載能按時結束以使得能夠無中斷地觀看該等所下載之視訊。舉例而言,如圖23B中所圖解闡釋,在4:15 p.m.,可分析IP視訊「2」至「6」之下載之進展。對於IP視訊「2」,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為25分鐘。該25分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間仍小於至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的45分鐘時間,因此維持自PNS下載IP視訊「2」,如一動作2322a所指示。類似地,對於IP視訊「6」,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為40分鐘。該40分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間仍小於至IP視訊「6」經排程以播放為止剩餘的45分鐘時間,因此維持自PNS下載IP視訊「6」,如一動作2322e所指示。The progress of the download can be monitored to determine if the download is in progress so that the download can end on time to enable uninterrupted viewing of the downloaded video. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 23B, at 4:15 p.m., the progress of downloading of IP video "2" to "6" can be analyzed. For IP video "2", it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 25 minutes. The remaining estimated download time for the 25 minutes is still less than the remaining 45 minutes until the IP video "2" is scheduled for playback, thus maintaining the download of the IP video "2" from the PNS, as indicated by an action 2322a. Similarly, for IP video "6", it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 40 minutes. The remaining estimated download time for the 40 minutes is still less than the remaining 45 minutes until the IP video "6" is scheduled for playback, thus maintaining the download of the IP video "6" from the PNS, as indicated by an action 2322e.

對於IP視訊「4」,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為50分鐘。該50分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間多於至IP視訊「4」經排程以播放為止剩餘的45分鐘時間,因此停止自PNS下載IP視訊「4」,且開始自CDN下載IP視訊「4」,如一動作2322c所指示。可自CDN下載整個IP視訊「4」,或可自CDN下載IP視訊「4」之未自PNS下載之部分。For IP video "4", it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 50 minutes. The remaining estimated download time of the 50-minute period is more than the remaining 45 minutes until the IP video "4" is scheduled to play, so the download of the IP video "4" from the PNS is stopped, and the download of the IP video "4" from the CDN is started. As indicated by an action 2322c. The entire IP video "4" can be downloaded from the CDN, or the part of the IP video "4" that is not downloaded from the PNS can be downloaded from the CDN.

偵測到IP視訊「3」之下載在4:15 p.m.完成,如一動作2322b所指示。對於IP視訊「5」,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為20分鐘。該20分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間仍小於至IP視訊「5」經排程以播放為止剩餘的45分鐘時間,因此維持自CDN下載IP視訊「6」,如一動作2322d所指示。The download of the detected IP video "3" is completed at 4:15 p.m. as indicated by an action 2322b. For IP video "5", it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 20 minutes. The remaining estimated download time for the 20 minutes is still less than the remaining 45 minutes until the IP video "5" is scheduled for playback, thus maintaining the download of the IP video "6" from the CDN, as indicated by an action 2322d.

一或多個規則可指示是否允許自一CDN下載。舉例而言,在4 p.m.,規則指示在6 p.m.之前允許自CDN之四個下載。然而,如在此實例中,若在4 p.m.開始2個CDN下載,則在4:15 p.m.,該等規則可指示在6 p.m.之前允許自CDN的2個額外下載(例如,因為使用了2個經允許之CDN下載)。又,舉例而言,歸因於IP視訊「5」自CDN之下載於4:15 p.m.開始,一或多個規則(例如,在下一個進展監視發生時(諸如在4:30 p.m.)檢查到的)可指示在6 p.m.之前可能允許自CDN的僅一個額外下載。One or more rules may indicate whether a CDN download is allowed. For example, at 4 p.m., the rule indicates that four downloads from the CDN are allowed before 6 p.m. However, as in this example, if 2 CDN downloads start at 4 pm, then at 4:15 pm, the rules may indicate 2 additional downloads from the CDN allowed before 6 pm (eg, because 2 are used) CDN download is allowed). Also, for example, due to the IP video "5" from the download of the CDN starting at 4:15 pm, one or more rules (eg, when the next progress monitoring occurs (such as at 4:30 pm)) ) can indicate that only one extra download from the CDN may be allowed before 6 pm.

如圖23B中所示,在4:30 p.m.,可繼續監視下載之進展,且可回應於該監視而執行一或多個動作。舉例而言,對於IP視訊「2」,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為20分鐘。該20分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間仍小於至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的30分鐘時間,因此維持自PNS下載IP視訊「2」,如一動作2324a所指示。As shown in Figure 23B, at 4:30 p.m., the progress of the download can continue to be monitored and one or more actions can be performed in response to the monitoring. For example, for IP video "2", it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 20 minutes. The remaining estimated download time for the 20 minutes is still less than the remaining 30 minutes until the IP video "2" is scheduled for playback, thus maintaining the download of the IP video "2" from the PNS, as indicated by action 2324a.

類似地,已分別針對IP視訊「4」、「5」及「6」計算出5分鐘、10分鐘及30分鐘的剩餘下載時間估計值。5分鐘、10分鐘及30分鐘的剩餘下載時間估計值中之每一者在至視訊「4」、「5」及「6」經排程以播放為止剩餘的30分鐘時間之範圍內,因此維持視訊「4」、「5」及「6」之下載,分別如動作2324b至2324d所指示。Similarly, estimated download time values for 5 minutes, 10 minutes, and 30 minutes have been calculated for IP video "4", "5", and "6", respectively. Each of the remaining download time estimates for 5 minutes, 10 minutes and 30 minutes is within the 30 minutes remaining until the video "4", "5" and "6" are scheduled for playback. The download of video "4", "5" and "6" is indicated as shown in actions 2324b to 2324d.

如圖23C中所示,在4:45 p.m.,可繼續監視下載之進展,且可回應於該監視而執行一或多個動作。舉例而言,對於IP視訊「2」,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為25分鐘。該25分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間多於至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的15分鐘時間,因此停止自PNS下載IP視訊「2」,且開始自CDN下載IP視訊「2」,如一動作2326a所指示。對於IP視訊「4」及IP視訊「5」,已偵測到下載結束,分別如動作2326b及2326c所指示。As shown in Figure 23C, at 4:45 p.m., the progress of the download can continue to be monitored and one or more actions can be performed in response to the monitoring. For example, for IP video "2", it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 25 minutes. The remaining estimated download time of the 25 minutes is more than the remaining 15 minutes until the IP video "2" is scheduled to play, so the download of the IP video "2" from the PNS is stopped, and the IP video "2" is downloaded from the CDN. As indicated by an action 2326a. For IP video "4" and IP video "5", the download has been detected to end, as indicated by actions 2326b and 2326c, respectively.

對於IP視訊6,已計算出一經更新的剩餘估計下載時間為20分鐘,其多於至IP視訊「6」經排程以播放為止剩餘的15分鐘時間。自CDN下載IP視訊「2」用盡最後的剩餘容許CDN下載(如一或多個規則所指定),因此維持自PNS下載IP視訊「6」,如一動作2326d所指示。在其他實例中,可允許使用者挑選自CDN下載IP視訊「2」或是IP視訊「6」。亦可允許一使用者增加(例如,藉由付費)一服務等級以使得能夠自CDN進行更多下載。For IP video 6, it has been calculated that the updated estimated download time is 20 minutes, which is more than the remaining 15 minutes until the IP video "6" is scheduled to play. Downloading the IP video "2" from the CDN exhausts the last remaining allowed CDN download (as specified by one or more rules), thus maintaining the download of the IP video "6" from the PNS, as indicated by action 2326d. In other examples, the user may be allowed to select to download IP video "2" or IP video "6" from the CDN. A user may also be allowed to increase (e.g., by paying) a level of service to enable more downloads from the CDN.

其他準則可用以判定自CDN下載哪個IP視訊。舉例而言,可選擇具有一較小估計下載時間之一視訊。作為另一實例,歷史觀看模式可暗示與一IP視訊相關聯之元頻道相比於與一不同IP視訊相關聯之元頻道較可能被一使用者選擇,且選擇自CDN下載與該較可能被選擇的元頻道相關聯之IP視訊。Other criteria can be used to determine which IP video to download from the CDN. For example, one of the videos with a smaller estimated download time can be selected. As another example, the historical viewing mode may imply that the meta-channel associated with an IP video is more likely to be selected by a user than the meta-channel associated with a different IP video, and is selected from the CDN download and is more likely to be The selected IP channel associated with the meta channel.

若經排程以在一元頻道上呈現之一IP視訊隨後接著一第二IP視訊,則該兩個IP視訊之呈現次序在該元頻道上可以顛倒。舉例而言,在元頻道2304e(例如,元頻道「N」)上,IP視訊「7」在IP視訊「6」之後。舉例而言,若IP視訊「6」之下載在IP視訊「6」經排程以播放的時間(例如,5 p.m.)之前可能未完成且若IP視訊「7」之下載在IP視訊「6」經排程以播放的時間之前可完成,則可顛倒IP視訊「7」與IP視訊「6」之呈現次序。舉例而言,一動作2326e指示已開始自PNS下載IP視訊「7」,且剩餘估計下載時間(例如,10分鐘)指示IP視訊「7」之下載在5 p.m.之前可以完成。然而,IP視訊「6」之20分鐘的剩餘估計下載時間指示IP視訊「6」之下載在IP視訊「6」之經排程的開始時間(例如,5 p.m.)之前可能未完成。If one of the IP videos is subsequently presented on a single channel followed by a second IP video, the presentation order of the two IP videos can be reversed on the meta channel. For example, on meta channel 2304e (eg, meta channel "N"), IP video "7" is after IP video "6". For example, if the download of IP video "6" is not completed before the IP video "6" is scheduled for playback (for example, 5 pm) and if the download of IP video "7" is in IP video "6" The scheduling can be completed before the time of playback, and the order of presentation of IP video "7" and IP video "6" can be reversed. For example, an action 2326e indicates that the download of the IP video "7" from the PNS has begun, and the remaining estimated download time (eg, 10 minutes) indicates that the download of the IP video "7" can be completed before 5 p.m. However, the 20-minute remaining estimated download time of the IP video "6" indicates that the download of the IP video "6" may not be completed before the start time of the IP video "6" (for example, 5 p.m.).

如圖23C中所示,在5 p.m.,可繼續監視下載之進展,且可回應於該監視而執行一或多個動作。已偵測到IP視訊「2」及「7」之下載完成,分別如動作2328a及2328b所指示。動作2328a亦指示,若該使用者選擇元頻道「1」,則將播放IP視訊「2」。動作2328b指示,若該使用者選擇元頻道「N」,則將播放IP視訊「7」。類似地,動作2328c至2328e指示,若選擇一相應元頻道(例如,分別地,元頻道「2」、「3」及「4」),則將播放IP視訊「2」、「3」或「4」。As shown in Figure 23C, at 5 p.m., the progress of the download can continue to be monitored and one or more actions can be performed in response to the monitoring. The download of IP video "2" and "7" has been detected, as indicated by actions 2328a and 2328b respectively. Act 2328a also indicates that if the user selects the meta channel "1", the IP video "2" will be played. Act 2328b indicates that if the user selects the meta channel "N", the IP video "7" will be played. Similarly, actions 2328c through 2328e indicate that if a corresponding meta channel is selected (eg, meta-channels "2", "3" and "4" respectively), IP video "2", "3" or "" will be played. 4".

如一動作2328f所指示,已計算出IP視訊「6」的5分鐘之經更新的剩餘估計下載時間。如上文所論述,由於IP視訊「6」未準備好在其經排程的開始時間5p.m.播放,故已「調換」IP視訊「6」與IP視訊「7」,使得IP視訊「7」現在經排程以於5p.m.呈現,且將在該使用者選擇元頻道「N」之情況下播放(如動作2328b所指示)。As indicated by action 2328f, the updated estimated estimated download time of 5 minutes of IP video "6" has been calculated. As discussed above, since the IP video "6" is not ready to be played at the scheduled start time of 5p.m., the IP video "6" and the IP video "7" have been "switched" to make the IP video "7". The current schedule is presented at 5 p.m. and will be played if the user selects the meta channel "N" (as indicated by action 2328b).

圖24圖解闡釋一種用於下載內容之系統2400。系統2400包括一元頻道伺服器2402、一內容傳遞網路(CDN)2404、一公共網路源(PNS)2406及一網際網路數位媒體配接器(DMA)2408,其全部連接至一網路2410。網際網路DMA 2408可經由網路2410自CDN 2404或PNS 2406接收網際網路視訊或其他內容。視訊內容可包括視訊檔案、視訊饋給(例如,podcast)或諸如BitTorrent檔案之其他內容。可將接收到的視訊內容儲存於包括於網際網路DMA 2408中之電子儲存器2411中。可在一連接至網際網路DMA 2408之顯示器件2412(例如,電視螢幕、電腦監視器等)上呈現接收到的視訊內容。Figure 24 illustrates a system 2400 for downloading content. System 2400 includes a meta channel server 2402, a content delivery network (CDN) 2404, a public network source (PNS) 2406, and an internet digital media adapter (DMA) 2408, all connected to a network 2410. The Internet DMA 2408 can receive Internet video or other content from the CDN 2404 or PNS 2406 via the network 2410. Video content may include video files, video feeds (eg, podcasts), or other content such as BitTorrent files. The received video content can be stored in an electronic storage 2411 included in the Internet DMA 2408. The received video content can be presented on a display device 2412 (e.g., a television screen, computer monitor, etc.) connected to the Internet DMA 2408.

PNS 2406為可免費獲得之內容(諸如,可經由網際網路獲得之內容)之一源。CDN 2404為經最佳化(例如,針對效能、可擴充性及成本效率)以將諸如視訊或音訊內容之內容傳遞至(例如)用戶端器件(可能招致一費用)的合作器件之一網路。通常,自CDN之下載速度比自PNS之下載速度快。網路2410可為一或多個公共或私用、有線或無線網路(諸如,網際網路),或可為一會期起始協定(SIP)網路,諸如由TelTel提供之PsipTN網路。PNS 2406 is one of the sources of freely available content, such as content available via the Internet. CDN 2404 is a network of cooperating devices that are optimized (eg, for performance, scalability, and cost efficiency) to deliver content such as video or audio content to, for example, a client device (possibly incurring a fee) . Usually, the download speed from CDN is faster than the download speed from PNS. The network 2410 can be one or more public or private, wired or wireless networks (such as the Internet), or can be a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) network, such as the PsipTN network provided by TelTel. .

元頻道伺服器2402可經由網路2410將包括使用者定義之元頻道之一清單的元頻道資訊傳達至網際網路DMA 2408或傳達至其他器件,諸如一元頻道基地台(未圖示)。元頻道資訊可儲存於元頻道資料庫2414中且自其擷取。The meta channel server 2402 can communicate the meta channel information including a list of user defined meta channels to the internet DMA 2408 via the network 2410 or to other devices, such as a meta channel base station (not shown). The meta channel information can be stored in and retrieved from the meta channel library 2414.

圖25為圖解闡釋一種用於下載內容以供使用一媒體系統觀看之電腦實施的程序2500之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序2500包括:識別經排程以在一特定時間播放的一基於網路之視訊;識別可用於下載該基於網路之視訊的多個源;選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的一初始源;起始用以自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊之一程序;監視自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊的進展;判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的一估計時間不能使得能夠無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊;選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的至少一部分之一替代源;及起始用以自該替用源下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分之一第二程序。25 is a flow diagram that illustrates a computer-implemented program 2500 for downloading content for viewing using a media system. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 2500 includes: identifying a web-based video that is scheduled to be played at a particular time; identifying a plurality of sources that can be used to download the web-based video; selecting to download the web-based An initial source of video of the road; starting to download the network-based video program from the initial source; monitoring the progress of downloading the network-based video from the initial source; determining to complete the download from the initial source The estimated time remaining for the web-based video does not enable uninterrupted viewing of the web-based video; selecting one of the at least one portion of the network-based video for downloading; and initiating the And downloading, by the source, at least one of the second programs of the portion of the network-based video.

更詳細地,當程序2500開始時,識別經排程以在一特定時間播放的一基於網路之視訊(2502)。舉例而言,可識別經排程以於5 p.m.播放之一視訊。作為另一實例,可識別一諸如由內容輸入項2306a至2306g描述的IP視訊「2」至「7」(參看圖23A)中之一者的視訊。In more detail, when the program 2500 begins, a network-based video (2502) that is scheduled to play at a particular time is identified. For example, a video can be identified that is scheduled to play at 5 p.m. As another example, a video such as one of IP video "2" through "7" (see FIG. 23A) described by content entry 2306a through 2306g can be identified.

在已識別一基於網路之視訊之後,識別可用於下載該基於網路之視訊的多個源(2504)。舉例而言,一視訊可自PNS(例如,使用網際網路)及自CDN下載獲得。After a network-based video has been identified, a plurality of sources (2504) that can be used to download the network-based video are identified. For example, a video can be downloaded from the PNS (eg, using the Internet) and downloaded from the CDN.

選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊的一初始源(2506)。舉例而言,當至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的時間超過該基於網路之視訊自PNS之估計下載時間時,可選擇該PNS作為一初始源。An initial source (2506) for downloading the web-based video is selected. For example, when the time remaining until the specific time when the network-based video is scheduled to play exceeds the estimated download time of the network-based video from the PNS, the PNS may be selected as an initial source.

起始用以自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊之一程序(2508)。舉例而言,若該初始源為一PNS,則可進行與一網際網路伺服器(例如,Youtube)之連接,且可起始一下載程序以下載該視訊。可將該視訊下載至(例如)一網際網路DMA(數位媒體配接器)。The program for downloading the web-based video from the initial source is initiated (2508). For example, if the initial source is a PNS, a connection to an Internet server (eg, Youtube) can be performed, and a download procedure can be initiated to download the video. The video can be downloaded to, for example, an internet DMA (Digital Media Adapter).

監視自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊的進展(2510)。舉例而言,可判定至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的一時間量,且可判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量是否超過至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量。Monitoring the progress of the web-based video download from the initial source (2510). For example, an amount of time remaining until the specific time that the network-based video is scheduled to play may be determined, and the remaining estimate of the network-based video downloaded from the initial source may be determined to be completed. Whether the amount of time exceeds the amount of time remaining until the particular time that the network-based video is scheduled to play.

若至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量超過至該基於網路之視訊經排程以播放的該特定時間為止剩餘的該時間量,則判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間不能使得能夠無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊(2512)。If the amount of time remaining until the completion of downloading the network-based video from the initial source exceeds the amount of time remaining until the specific time of the network-based video schedule to play, then the determination is completed. The estimated time remaining for the initial source download of the network-based video does not enable the network-based video to be viewed without interruption (2512).

舉例而言,在先前所論述之圖23A中,IP視訊「2」經排程以於5 p.m.播放。在4 p.m.,至完成自PNS下載IP視訊「2」所剩餘的一估計時間量經計算為30分鐘。在4 p.m.,至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間量為60分鐘。該30分鐘的下載時間不超過至IP視訊「2」經排程以播放為止剩餘的該60分鐘時間,因此可自PNS下載IP視訊「2」,且可在5 p.m.無中斷地觀看IP視訊「2」。For example, in Figure 23A, previously discussed, IP video "2" is scheduled to play at 5 p.m. The estimated amount of time remaining from 4 p.m. to the completion of downloading IP video "2" from PNS is calculated as 30 minutes. At 4 p.m., the amount of time remaining until the IP video "2" is scheduled to play is 60 minutes. The 30-minute download time does not exceed the remaining 60 minutes until the IP video "2" is scheduled for playback. Therefore, the IP video "2" can be downloaded from the PNS, and the IP video can be viewed without interruption at 5 pm. 2".

相比之下,在先前所論述之圖23B中,在4:15 p.m.,IP視訊「4」之下載所剩餘的時間之一估計量經計算為50分鐘。在4:15 p.m.,至IP視訊「4」經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間量為45分鐘。該50分鐘的下載時間超過至IP視訊「4」經排程以播放為止剩餘的45分鐘時間,因此在此實例中,不能自PNS下載1P視訊「4」以供在5 p.m.無中斷地觀看。In contrast, in Figure 23B previously discussed, at 4:15 p.m., the estimated amount of time remaining for the download of IP video "4" is calculated to be 50 minutes. At 4:15 p.m., the amount of time remaining until the IP video "4" is scheduled to play is 45 minutes. The 50-minute download time exceeds the remaining 45 minutes until the IP video "4" is scheduled for playback. Therefore, in this example, the 1P video "4" cannot be downloaded from the PNS for viewing at 5 p.m. without interruption.

回應於判定至完成自該初始源下載該基於網路之視訊所剩餘的該估計時間量並不使得能夠在該特定時間無中斷地觀看該基於網路之視訊,選擇供下載該基於網路之視訊之至少一部分的一替代源(2514)。舉例而言,可選擇一CDN以下載該基於網路之視訊之至少一部分。參看圖23B,可選擇一CDN以在4:15 p.m.下載IP視訊「4」之至少一部分。Responding to determining that the estimated amount of time remaining to download the network-based video from the initial source does not enable the network-based video to be viewed without interruption at the particular time, selecting to download the network-based video An alternate source of at least a portion of the video (2514). For example, a CDN can be selected to download at least a portion of the web-based video. Referring to Figure 23B, a CDN can be selected to download at least a portion of the IP video "4" at 4:15 p.m.

起始用以自該替用源下載該基於網路之視訊之至少該部分之一第二程序(2516)。舉例而言,參看圖23B,可自CDN下載IP視訊「4」之至少一部分。在一些實施中,識別該基於網路之視訊之尚未自該初始源下載的一剩餘部分。可起始用以自該替代源下載該基於網路之視訊之該剩餘部分之一第二程序。自該初始源下載的該基於網路之視訊之該初始部分可與自該替代源下載的該基於網路之視訊之該剩餘部分組合。可將該組合的初始部分及剩餘部分儲存於與媒體系統相關聯之電子儲存器中。可控制該媒體系統以在該特定時間使用該基於網路之視訊的該組合之初始部分及剩餘部分播放該基於網路之視訊。在一些實施中,可自該替代源下載整個基於網路之視訊。A second program (2516) for downloading at least one of the portions of the network-based video from the alternate source is initiated. For example, referring to Figure 23B, at least a portion of the IP video "4" can be downloaded from the CDN. In some implementations, a portion of the network-based video that has not been downloaded from the original source is identified. A second program for downloading the remaining portion of the network-based video from the alternate source can be initiated. The initial portion of the network-based video downloaded from the initial source can be combined with the remaining portion of the network-based video downloaded from the alternate source. The initial portion and the remainder of the combination can be stored in an electronic storage associated with the media system. The media system can be controlled to play the web-based video using the initial portion and the remainder of the combination of the network-based video at the particular time. In some implementations, the entire web-based video can be downloaded from the alternate source.

圖26為圖解闡釋用於下載內容以供使用一媒體系統觀看之電腦實施的一程序2600之流程圖。簡言之,電腦實施的程序2600包括:識別經排程以在一第一時間播放的多個基於網路之視訊;起始自一第一源下載該多個基於網路之視訊;監視自該第一源下載該多個基於網路之視訊的進展;基於該監視,判定下載該多個基於網路之視訊中之至少兩者需要自該第一源改變至一第二源,以使得能夠在該第一時間無中斷地觀看;存取用於自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊的至少一規則;相對於該至少一規則分析該至少兩個基於網路之視訊;基於該分析識別自該第一源改變至該第二源之一第一子集及維持該第一源之一第二子集;起始自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊之該第一子集之至少一部分;及維持自該第一源下載基於網路之視訊之該第二子集。26 is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2600 for downloading content for use by a computer for viewing using a media system. Briefly, the computer-implemented program 2600 includes: identifying a plurality of network-based video that is scheduled to be played at a first time; starting to download the plurality of network-based video from a first source; monitoring The first source downloads the progress of the plurality of network-based video; based on the monitoring, determining that at least two of the plurality of network-based video downloads need to be changed from the first source to a second source, such that Being able to view without interruption at the first time; accessing at least one rule for downloading network-based video from the second source; analyzing the at least two network-based videos relative to the at least one rule; The analyzing identifies that the first source changes to a first subset of the second source and maintains a second subset of the first source; starting to download the first child of the network-based video from the second source At least a portion of the set; and maintaining the second subset of the web-based video downloaded from the first source.

更詳細地,當程序2600開始時,識別經排程以在一第一時間播放的多個基於網路之視訊(2602)。舉例而言,參看圖23A,可識別經排程以於5 p.m.播放之IP視訊「2」至「6」。In more detail, when program 2600 begins, a plurality of network-based videos scheduled to be played at a first time are identified (2602). For example, referring to FIG. 23A, IP video "2" to "6" scheduled to be played at 5 p.m. can be identified.

在已識別視訊之後,起始自一第一源下載該多個基於網路之視訊(2604)。舉例而言,可起始自一PNS免費地下載該多個基於網路之視訊。After the video has been identified, the plurality of network-based video (2604) is initially downloaded from a first source. For example, the plurality of web-based videos can be downloaded for free from a PNS.

監視自該第一源下載該多個基於網路之視訊的進展(2606)。舉例而言,如上文關於圖25所論述,可比較每一視訊之剩餘下載時間之估計量與至該等網路視訊經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間。Monitoring the progress of the plurality of web-based video downloads from the first source (2606). For example, as discussed above with respect to FIG. 25, the estimated amount of remaining download time for each video can be compared to the time remaining until the network video is scheduled for playback.

基於該監視,可判定下載該多個基於網路之視訊中之至少兩者需要自該第一源改變至一第二源,以使得能夠在該第一時間無中斷地觀看(2608)。舉例而言,對於至少兩個視訊中之每一者,自該第一源的剩餘下載時間之一估計量可能超過至該相應視訊經排程以播放為止剩餘的該時間。在此實例中,下載該至少兩個視訊可能需要改變至一較快服務(諸如,改變至一付費下載之CDN),以使得能夠在該第一時間無中斷地觀看。Based on the monitoring, it can be determined that at least two of the plurality of network-based video downloads need to be changed from the first source to a second source to enable uninterrupted viewing at the first time (2608). For example, for each of the at least two videos, an estimate of one of the remaining download times from the first source may exceed the time remaining until the corresponding video schedule is scheduled to play. In this example, downloading the at least two videos may require a change to a faster service (such as changing to a paid download CDN) to enable uninterrupted viewing at the first time.

存取用於自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊的至少一規則(2610)。舉例而言,一規則可定義在一特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊的數目(例如,5個)。舉例而言,使用者可具有一基於消費者協議之對下載的月度配額或月度成本限制。作為另一實例,一規則可定義用於在自該第二源下載時選擇基於網路之視訊以排定優先順序之準則。舉例而言,一規則可基於較長的剩餘下載時間、一使用者之歷史觀看模式或替代內容是否不可獲得而對將自該第二源下載視訊排定優先順序。Accessing at least one rule for downloading network-based video from the second source (2610). For example, a rule may define the number of network-based video (eg, 5) that may be downloaded from the second source during a particular time range. For example, a user may have a monthly or monthly cost limit for downloads based on a consumer agreement. As another example, a rule may define criteria for selecting network-based video to prioritize when downloading from the second source. For example, a rule may prioritize downloading video from the second source based on a longer remaining download time, a user's historical viewing mode, or whether the alternate content is not available.

在存取一或多個規則之後,相對於該至少一規則分析該至少兩個基於網路之視訊(2612)。舉例而言,對於一定義在一特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之一數目之規則,可判定自該第二源下載所有該至少兩個基於網路之視訊會導致超過在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目。可追蹤在該特定時間範圍期間已自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之一數目,且可判定一使用者之一服務等級,對於該服務等級,該多個基於網路之視訊經排程以播放。After accessing the one or more rules, the at least two network-based videos are analyzed relative to the at least one rule (2612). For example, for a rule defining a number of network-based video downloads that can be downloaded from the second source during a particular time range, determining to download all of the at least two network-based video from the second source This will result in more than the number of web-based video that can be downloaded from the second source during that particular time range. Tracking the number of network-based video that has been downloaded from the second source during the particular time range, and determining a service level for the user, the plurality of network-based video channels for the service level Schedule to play.

可基於該使用者之該服務等級調整在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目。舉例而言,若允許一使用者在一特定時間範圍期間下載兩個視訊,且若在該時間範圍期間已下載一個視訊,且若將在該時間範圍期間下載總共三個視訊,則可將在該時間範圍期間要下載的三個視訊之計數調整為總共兩個視訊(例如,一個多出的額外下載)以避免超過在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目。The number of network-based video that can be downloaded from the second source during the particular time range can be adjusted based on the service level of the user. For example, if a user is allowed to download two videos during a certain time range, and if a video has been downloaded during the time range, and if a total of three videos will be downloaded during the time range, then The count of three videos to be downloaded during this time range is adjusted to a total of two videos (eg, an extra download) to avoid exceeding the web-based video that can be downloaded from the second source during that particular time range. The number.

當在該特定時間範圍期間已自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該追蹤數目達到在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之該數目時,可將一訊息提供至該使用者,該訊息指示該使用者可增加該服務等級以增加在該特定時間範圍期間可自該第二源下載的基於網路之視訊之數目。可使該使用者能夠回應於該訊息而使用該媒體系統以電子方式增加該服務等級。可(例如)在包括於該媒體系統中之一顯示幕上顯示該訊息。該使用者可(例如)藉由按壓一遙控器件上之按鈕來回應該訊息。服務等級之增加可能對應於服務費之增加。When the number of tracking of the network-based video that has been downloaded from the second source during the particular time range reaches the number of network-based video that can be downloaded from the second source during the particular time range, A message is provided to the user indicating that the user can increase the level of service to increase the number of network-based videos that can be downloaded from the second source during the particular time range. The user can be enabled to electronically increase the service level in response to the message using the media system. The message can be displayed, for example, on one of the display screens included in the media system. The user can back and forth the message by, for example, pressing a button on a remote control device. An increase in the service level may correspond to an increase in the service fee.

在分析規則之後,基於該分析識別自該第一源改變至該第二源之一第一子集及維持該第一源之一第二子集(2614)。舉例而言,對於基於較長的剩餘下載時間對自該第二源下載排定優先順序之一規則,可識別視訊之一第一子集,其包括具有較長的估計剩餘下載時間之視訊,且可識別視訊之一第二子集,其包括具有較短的估計下載時間之視訊。After analyzing the rules, based on the analysis, a change is made from the first source to a first subset of the second source and a second subset of the first source is maintained (2614). For example, for one of the rules for prioritizing downloads from the second source based on a longer remaining download time, a first subset of the video may be identified, including video with a longer estimated remaining download time, A second subset of the video can be identified, including video with a shorter estimated download time.

作為另一實例,對於基於歷史觀看模式對自該第二源下載排定優先順序之一規則,可識別視訊之一第一子集,其包括基於歷史觀看模式,使用者在該特定時間較可能選擇的視訊,且可識別視訊之一第二子集,其包括基於歷史觀看模式,使用者在該特定時間較不可能選擇的視訊。舉例而言,一使用者在歷史上可能在特定時期期間比其他類型之內容(諸如,喜劇)更多地選擇一特定類型之內容(諸如,偵探劇)。As another example, for one of the rules for prioritizing downloads from the second source based on the historical viewing mode, a first subset of the video may be identified, including based on the historical viewing mode, the user is more likely to be at the particular time The selected video, and a second subset of the video, can be identified, including video that is less likely to be selected by the user at that particular time based on the historical viewing mode. For example, a user may historically select more of a particular type of content (such as a detective drama) during a particular time period than other types of content, such as comedy.

對於基於成本限制而限制下載之規則,可識別視訊之一第一子集,其在不超過成本限制的情況下使自該第二源下載的數目最大化。舉例而言,一使用者可能剩餘5美元用於下載,且待自CDN下載之潛在視訊可能分別價值2美元、3美元及4美元。可將一2美元視訊及一3美元視訊識別為包括於一第一子集中,且可將一4美元視訊識別為包括於一第二子集中。For rules that limit downloads based on cost constraints, a first subset of the video can be identified that maximizes the number of downloads from the second source without exceeding the cost limit. For example, a user may have $5 remaining for download, and the potential video to be downloaded from the CDN may be worth $2, $3, and $4, respectively. A $2 video and a $3 video can be identified as being included in a first subset, and a $4 video can be identified as being included in a second subset.

可基於重新排列內容之可能性識別視訊之子集。舉例而言,若具有一潛在長下載時間之一第一視訊在一元頻道上隨後接著具有短下載時間之一第二視訊,則可顛倒該第二視訊與該第一視訊之呈現次序,且可將該第一視訊包括於將藉由PNS下載的視訊之一子集中(例如,該第一視訊可在播放該第二視訊時繼續下載)。視至該第一視訊經排程以播放為止剩餘的時間而定,可將該第二視訊包括於將自PNS下載的視訊之一子集或將自CDN下載的視訊之一子集中。作為另一實例,可將在一元頻道上隨後接著一即時播送之廣播之一視訊識別為包括於將自CDN下載的視訊之一第一子集中(例如,因為該即時播送之廣播內容可能不能重新排列)。A subset of the video can be identified based on the likelihood of rearranging the content. For example, if one of the potential long download times has a second video on the first channel and then has one of the short download times, the second video and the first video can be reversed. The first video is included in a subset of the video to be downloaded by the PNS (eg, the first video can continue to be downloaded while the second video is being played). Depending on the time remaining for the first video schedule to be played, the second video may be included in a subset of the video to be downloaded from the PNS or a subset of the video to be downloaded from the CDN. As another example, one of the broadcasts on the primary channel followed by an instant broadcast may be identified as being included in a first subset of the video to be downloaded from the CDN (eg, because the broadcast content of the instant broadcast may not be re-enabled) arrangement).

在識別第一子集及第二子集之後,起始自該第二源下載基於網路之視訊之該第一子集之至少一部分(2616)。舉例而言,可起始自CDN下載視訊之該第一子集之至少一部分。維持自該第一源下載基於網路之視訊之該第二子集(2618)。舉例而言,可自PNS下載而維持下載視訊之該第二子集。After identifying the first subset and the second subset, at least a portion of the first subset of network-based video is downloaded from the second source (2616). For example, at least a portion of the first subset of video downloads can be initiated from the CDN. The second subset of network-based video downloads (2618) is maintained from the first source. For example, the second subset of downloaded video can be maintained from the PNS download.

圖27為一通用電腦系統2700之一實例之示意圖。系統2700包括一處理器2710、一記憶體2720、一儲存器件2730及一輸入/輸出器件2740。該等組件2710、2720、2730及2740中之每一者使用一系統匯流排2750互連。處理器2710能夠處理在系統2700內執行之指令。在一實施中,處理器2710為一單執行緒處理器。在另一實施中,處理器2710為一多執行緒處理器。處理器2710能夠處理儲存於記憶體2720中或儲存於儲存器件2730上之指令以在輸入/輸出器件2740上顯示一使用者介面之圖形資訊。27 is a schematic diagram of an example of a general purpose computer system 2700. The system 2700 includes a processor 2710, a memory 2720, a storage device 2730, and an input/output device 2740. Each of the components 2710, 2720, 2730, and 2740 is interconnected using a system bus 2750. The processor 2710 is capable of processing instructions executed within the system 2700. In one implementation, the processor 2710 is a single thread processor. In another implementation, the processor 2710 is a multi-thread processor. The processor 2710 can process instructions stored in the memory 2720 or stored on the storage device 2730 to display graphical information of a user interface on the input/output device 2740.

記憶體2720儲存系統2700內之資訊。在一實施中,記憶體2720為一電腦可讀媒體。在另一實施中,記憶體2720為一揮發性記憶體單元。在又一實施中,記憶體2720為一非揮發性記憶體單元。Memory 2720 stores information within system 2700. In one implementation, the memory 2720 is a computer readable medium. In another implementation, the memory 2720 is a volatile memory unit. In yet another implementation, the memory 2720 is a non-volatile memory unit.

儲存器件2730能夠為系統2700提供大容量儲存器。在一實施中,儲存器件2730為一電腦可讀媒體。在各種不同實施中,儲存器件2730可為一軟碟器件、一硬碟器件、一光碟器件或一磁帶器件。The storage device 2730 can provide a large capacity storage for the system 2700. In one implementation, storage device 2730 is a computer readable medium. In various implementations, the storage device 2730 can be a floppy device, a hard disk device, a compact device, or a magnetic tape device.

輸入/輸出器件2740為系統2700提供輸入/輸出操作。在一實施中,輸入/輸出器件2740包括一鍵盤及/或指標器件。在另一實施中,輸入/輸出器件2740包括用於顯示圖形使用者介面之一顯示單元。Input/output device 2740 provides input/output operations for system 2700. In one implementation, the input/output device 2740 includes a keyboard and/or indicator device. In another implementation, the input/output device 2740 includes a display unit for displaying a graphical user interface.

所述特徵可實施於數位電子電路中,或電腦硬體中,或電腦硬體與韌體或軟體之組合中。裝置可實施於可有形地體現於一機器可讀儲存器件中以由一可程式化處理器執行的一電腦程式產品中;且方法步驟可由執行指令之程式的一可程式化處理器執行以藉由對輸入資料進行運算及產生輸出來執行所述實施之功能。所述特徵可有利地實施於可在一可程式化系統上執行的一或多個電腦程式中,該可程式化系統包括:至少一可程式化處理器,其經耦接以自一資料儲存系統接收資料及指令且將資料及指令傳輸至該資料儲存系統;至少一輸入器件;及至少一輸出器件。一電腦程式為可直接或間接地在一電腦中使用以執行一特定活動或造成一特定結果的指令之一集合。一電腦程式可以任何形式之程式設計語言(包括編譯或解譯語言)寫出,且電腦程式可以任何形式部署,包括作為一獨立程式或作為一模組、組件、副常式或適合在一電腦環境中使用的其他單元。The features can be implemented in digital electronic circuitry, or in computer hardware, or in combination with computer hardware and firmware or software. The device can be implemented in a computer program product tangibly embodied in a machine readable storage device for execution by a programmable processor; and the method steps can be performed by a programmable processor executing the program of instructions The functions of the implementation are performed by computing the input data and generating an output. The features may be advantageously implemented in one or more computer programs executable on a programmable system, the programmable system comprising: at least one programmable processor coupled to a data store The system receives the data and instructions and transmits the data and instructions to the data storage system; at least one input device; and at least one output device. A computer program is a collection of instructions that can be used directly or indirectly in a computer to perform a particular activity or cause a particular result. A computer program can be written in any form of programming language (including compiling or interpreting languages), and the computer program can be deployed in any form, including as a stand-alone program or as a module, component, sub-regular or suitable for a computer Other units used in the environment.

以實例說明,用於執行指令之一程式的合適處理器包括通用及專用微處理器兩者,及任何種類之電腦的單獨處理器或多個處理器中之一者。通常,一處理器將自一唯讀記憶體或一隨機存取記憶體或兩者接收指令及資料。電腦之基本元件為用於執行指令之處理器及用於儲存指令及資料之一或多個記憶體。通常,電腦亦將包括或操作性地耦接至用於儲存資料檔案之一或多個大容量儲存器件;此等器件包括:磁碟,諸如內部硬碟及抽取式碟片;磁光碟;及光碟。適合於有形地體現電腦程式指令及資料之儲存器件包括所有形式的非揮發性記憶體,包括(以實例說明):半導體記憶體器件,諸如EPROM、EEPROM及快閃記憶體器件;磁碟,諸如內部硬碟及抽取式碟片;磁光碟;及CD-ROM及DVD-ROM碟片。處理器及記憶體可由ASIC(特殊應用積體電路)補充或併入於ASIC中。By way of example, a suitable processor for executing a program of instructions includes both general and special purpose microprocessors, and one of a separate processor or a plurality of processors of any kind of computer. Typically, a processor will receive instructions and data from a read-only memory or a random access memory or both. The basic components of a computer are a processor for executing instructions and one or more memories for storing instructions and data. Typically, the computer will also be operatively or operatively coupled to one or more of the mass storage devices for storing data files; such devices include: magnetic disks, such as internal hard disks and removable disks; magneto-optical disks; CD. Storage devices suitable for tangibly embodying computer program instructions and data include all forms of non-volatile memory, including (by way of example): semiconductor memory devices, such as EPROM, EEPROM, and flash memory devices; Internal hard disk and removable disc; magneto-optical disc; and CD-ROM and DVD-ROM disc. The processor and memory can be supplemented by or incorporated in an ASIC (Special Application Integrated Circuit).

為了提供與一使用者之互動,可將該等特徵實施於一電腦上,該電腦具有用於向使用者顯示資訊之顯示器件(諸如,CRT(陰極射線管)或LCD(液晶顯示器)監視器),及使用者可藉以將輸入提供至電腦之鍵盤及指標器件(諸如,滑鼠或軌跡球)。In order to provide interaction with a user, the features can be implemented on a computer having a display device (such as a CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)) monitor for displaying information to the user. ), and the keyboard and indicator devices (such as a mouse or trackball) that the user can provide input to the computer.

可將該等特徵實施於一電腦系統中,該電腦系統包括諸如資料伺服器之後端組件,或包括諸如應用伺服器或網際網路伺服器之中間軟體組件,或包括諸如具有圖形使用者介面或網際網路瀏覽器之用戶端電腦的前端組件,或其任何組合。該系統之該等組件可由任何形式的數位資料通信媒體(諸如,通信網路)連接。通信網路之實例包括(例如)LAN、WAN,及形成網際網路之電腦及網路。The features may be implemented in a computer system including, for example, a data server back end component, or an intermediate software component such as an application server or an internet server, or including, for example, a graphical user interface or The front-end component of the client computer of the Internet browser, or any combination thereof. The components of the system can be connected by any form of digital data communication medium, such as a communication network. Examples of communication networks include, for example, LANs, WANs, and computers and networks that form the Internet.

電腦系統可包括用戶端及伺服器。用戶端與伺服器通常彼此遠離且通常經由一諸如上述網路的網路互動。用戶端與伺服器之關係根據在各別電腦上執行且彼此具有一用戶端-伺服器關係之多個電腦程式而產生。The computer system can include a client and a server. The client and server are typically remote from each other and typically interact via a network such as the network described above. The relationship between the client and the server is generated based on a plurality of computer programs executing on respective computers and having a client-server relationship with each other.

儘管已在上文中詳細描述了幾個實施,但其他修改係可能的。另外,該等圖中所描繪之邏輯流程不需要所示之特定次序或順序次序來達成所要結果。另外,可提供其他步驟,或可自該等所述流程消除多個步驟,且其他組件可添加至所述系統或自所述系統移除。因此,其他實施在以下申請專利範圍之範疇內。Although several implementations have been described in detail above, other modifications are possible. In addition, the logic flow depicted in the figures does not require a particular order or order of the order to achieve the desired result. In addition, other steps may be provided, or multiple steps may be eliminated from the processes described, and other components may be added to or removed from the system. Accordingly, other implementations are within the scope of the following claims.

已描述了許多實施。儘管如此,將理解,在不脫離本發明之精神及範疇的情況下可進行各種修改。因此,其他實施在以下申請專利範圍之範疇內。A number of implementations have been described. Nevertheless, it will be understood that various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, other implementations are within the scope of the following claims.

100...情境圖100. . . Situation map

102...使用者102. . . user

104...元頻道指南104. . . Meta Channel Guide

106...電視螢幕106. . . TV screen

107...遙控器107. . . remote control

108a...元頻道108a. . . Meta channel

108b...元頻道108b. . . Meta channel

108c...元頻道108c. . . Meta channel

108d...元頻道108d. . . Meta channel

108e...元頻道108e. . . Meta channel

108f...元頻道108f. . . Meta channel

108g...元頻道108g. . . Meta channel

110...第一內容輸入項110. . . First content entry

112...第二內容輸入項112. . . Second content entry

114...第三內容輸入項114. . . Third content entry

116...第四內容輸入項116. . . Fourth content entry

118...內容輸入項118. . . Content entry

120...內容輸入項120. . . Content entry

122...內容輸入項122. . . Content entry

124...內容輸入項124. . . Content entry

126...內容輸入項126. . . Content entry

128...內容輸入項128. . . Content entry

130...內容輸入項130. . . Content entry

132...內容輸入項132. . . Content entry

134...內容輸入項134. . . Content entry

136...內容輸入項136. . . Content entry

138...間隙138. . . gap

140...內容輸入項140. . . Content entry

142...內容輸入項142. . . Content entry

144...內容輸入項144. . . Content entry

146...內容輸入項146. . . Content entry

148...內容輸入項148. . . Content entry

150...內容輸入項150. . . Content entry

200...元頻道系統200. . . Meta channel system

202...電視202. . . TV

204...廣播公司/多系統業者204. . . Broadcaster/multi-system operator

206...網際網路數位媒體配接器(DMA)206. . . Internet Digital Media Adapter (DMA)

208...網路208. . . network

210...網際網路視訊源210. . . Internet video source

211...內容輸入項211. . . Content entry

212...內容輸入項伺服器212. . . Content entry server

213...管理員213. . . administrator

214...管理員入口網站使用者介面214. . . Administrator portal user interface

215...最終使用者215. . . End user

216...內容駕馭者216. . . Content driver

218...內容駕馭者入口網站伺服器218. . . Content driver portal server

220...內容駕馭者入口網站使用者介面220. . . Content driver portal user interface

222...元頻道資料庫222. . . Meta channel database

224...使用者入口網站伺服器224. . . User portal server

226...使用者入口網站使用者介面226. . . User portal user interface

230...元頻道伺服器230. . . Meta channel server

232...元頻道基地台232. . . Yuan channel base station

234...遙控器件234. . . Remote control device

234a...遙控器件234a. . . Remote control device

234b...遙控器件234b. . . Remote control device

234c...遙控器件234c. . . Remote control device

902...使用者902. . . user

904...電視904. . . TV

908...使用者設定檔908. . . User profile

910...元頻道優先順序清單910. . . Meta-channel priority list

912...使用者設定檔設定912. . . User profile setting

914...使用者設定檔設定914. . . User profile setting

916...使用者設定檔設定916. . . User profile setting

918...使用者設定檔設定918. . . User profile setting

1000...系統圖1000. . . System diagram

1002...電視1002. . . TV

1004...廣播公司/多系統業者1004. . . Broadcaster/multi-system operator

1006...網際網路DMA1006. . . Internet DMA

1008...網路1008. . . network

1010...網際網路視訊源1010. . . Internet video source

1011...內容輸入項1011. . . Content entry

1012...內容輸入項伺服器1012. . . Content entry server

1013...管理員1013. . . administrator

1014...管理員入口網站使用者介面1014. . . Administrator portal user interface

1015...最終使用者1015. . . End user

1016...內容駕馭者1016. . . Content driver

1018...內容駕馭者入口網站伺服器1018. . . Content driver portal server

1020...內容駕馭者入口網站使用者介面1020. . . Content driver portal user interface

1022...元頻道資料庫1022. . . Meta channel database

1024...使用者入口網站伺服器1024. . . User portal server

1026...使用者入口網站使用者介面1026. . . User portal user interface

1030...元頻道伺服器1030. . . Meta channel server

1032...元頻道基地台1032. . . Yuan channel base station

1034...遙控器件1034. . . Remote control device

1050...廣告資源1050. . . Inventory

1060...廣告監視伺服器1060. . . Advertising monitoring server

1200...使用者介面1200. . . user interface

1202...選項1202. . . Option

1204...選項1204. . . Option

1206...選項1206. . . Option

1208...選項1208. . . Option

1210a...頻道1210a. . . Channel

1210b...頻道1210b. . . Channel

1210c...頻道1210c. . . Channel

1210d...頻道1210d. . . Channel

1212...元頻道優先順序清單1212. . . Meta-channel priority list

1214a...偏愛的廣告主題1214a. . . Preferred advertising theme

1214b...偏愛的廣告主題1214b. . . Preferred advertising theme

1216a...偏愛的公司1216a. . . Preferred company

1216b...偏愛的公司1216b. . . Preferred company

1218...被排除公司1218. . . Excluded company

1220...主要地址欄位1220. . . Primary address field

1222...輔助地址欄位1222. . . Auxiliary address field

1224...選項1224. . . Option

1400...使用者介面1400. . . user interface

1402...用以指示在所偵測到的廣告完成後立即返回至先前內容頻道之偏好的選項1402. . . Option to indicate the preference to return to the previous content channel immediately after the detected ad is completed

1404...用以指示維持呈現輔助內容頻道直至在該輔助內容頻道上偵測到廣告為止之偏好的選項1404. . . Option to indicate the preference to maintain an auxiliary content channel until an ad is detected on the auxiliary content channel

1406...用以指示維持呈現輔助內容頻道且將先前內容頻道上之偵測到的廣告已完成的通知提供至使用者之偏好的選項1406. . . An option to provide a notification that the presentation of the secondary content channel and the detected advertisement on the previous content channel has been completed to the user's preferences

1602...指南1602. . . guide

1604a...元頻道1604a. . . Meta channel

1604b...元頻道1604b. . . Meta channel

1604c...元頻道1604c. . . Meta channel

1604d...元頻道1604d. . . Meta channel

1606...動作1606. . . action

1608...「IP視訊1」之一部分1608. . . Part of "IP Video 1"

1610...內容輸入項1610. . . Content entry

1612...「IP視訊2」之一部分1612. . . Part of "IP Video 2"

1614...內容輸入項1614. . . Content entry

1616...數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1616. . . Digital Media Adapter Memory

1618...數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1618. . . Digital Media Adapter Memory

1619...動作1619. . . action

1620...「IP視訊4」之一部分1620. . . Part of "IP Video 4"

1622...內容輸入項1622. . . Content entry

1624...「IP視訊5」之一部分1624. . . Part of "IP Video 5"

1626...內容輸入項1626. . . Content entry

1628...動作1628. . . action

1630...內容輸入項1630. . . Content entry

1632...內容輸入項1632. . . Content entry

1634...內容輸入項1634. . . Content entry

1636...內容輸入項1636. . . Content entry

1638...內容輸入項1638. . . Content entry

1640...動作1640. . . action

1642...動作1642. . . action

1644...「IP視訊6」之部分1644. . . Part of "IP Video 6"

1646...「IP視訊7」之部分1646. . . Part of "IP Video 7"

1648...「IP視訊9」之部分1648. . . Part of "IP Video 9"

1650...數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1650. . . Digital Media Adapter Memory

1652...動作1652. . . action

1654...動作1654. . . action

1656...先前未快取之內容「IP視訊8」之一部分1656. . . Part of the previously not cached content "IP Video 8"

1658...數位媒體配接器快取記憶體1658. . . Digital Media Adapter Memory

1700...用於顯現內容之系統1700. . . System for visualizing content

1702...元頻道伺服器1702. . . Meta channel server

1704...內容提供者1704. . . Content provider

1705...內容提供者1705. . . Content provider

1706...內容提供者1706. . . Content provider

1708...網際網路數位媒體配接器(DMA)1708. . . Internet Digital Media Adapter (DMA)

1710...網路1710. . . network

1711...電子儲存器1711. . . Electronic storage

1712...顯示器件1712. . . Display device

1714...元頻道資料庫1714. . . Meta channel database

2302...元頻道指南2302. . . Meta Channel Guide

2304a...元頻道2304a. . . Meta channel

2304b...元頻道2304b. . . Meta channel

2304c...元頻道2304c. . . Meta channel

2304d...元頻道2304d. . . Meta channel

2304e...元頻道2304e. . . Meta channel

2306a...內容輸入項2306a. . . Content entry

2306b...內容輸入項2306b. . . Content entry

2306c...內容輸入項2306c. . . Content entry

2306d...內容輸入項2306d. . . Content entry

2306e...內容輸入項2306e. . . Content entry

2306f...內容輸入項2306f. . . Content entry

2306g...內容輸入項2306g. . . Content entry

2308a...內容輸入項2308a. . . Content entry

2308b...內容輸入項2308b. . . Content entry

2310...表2310. . . table

2312...估計值2312. . . estimated value

2314...表2314. . . table

2316...估計值2316. . . estimated value

2320a...動作2320a. . . action

2320b...動作2320b. . . action

2320c...動作2320c. . . action

2320d...動作2320d. . . action

2320e...動作2320e. . . action

2320f...動作2320f. . . action

2322a...動作2322a. . . action

2322b...動作2322b. . . action

2322c...動作2322c. . . action

2322d...動作2322d. . . action

2322e...動作2322e. . . action

2324a...動作2324a. . . action

2324b...動作2324b. . . action

2324c...動作2324c. . . action

2324d...動作2324d. . . action

2326a...動作2326a. . . action

2326b...動作2326b. . . action

2326c...動作2326c. . . action

2326d...動作2326d. . . action

2326e...動作2326e. . . action

2328a...動作2328a. . . action

2328b...動作2328b. . . action

2328c...動作2328c. . . action

2328d...動作2328d. . . action

2328e...動作2328e. . . action

2328f...動作2328f. . . action

2400...用於下載內容之系統2400. . . System for downloading content

2402...元頻道伺服器2402. . . Meta channel server

2404...內容傳遞網路(CDN)2404. . . Content Delivery Network (CDN)

2406...公共網路源(PNS)2406. . . Public network source (PNS)

2408...網際網路數位媒體配接器(DMA)2408. . . Internet Digital Media Adapter (DMA)

2410...網路2410. . . network

2411...電子儲存器2411. . . Electronic storage

2412...顯示器件2412. . . Display device

2414...元頻道資料庫2414. . . Meta channel database

2700...通用電腦系統2700. . . General purpose computer system

2710...處理器2710. . . processor

2720...記憶體2720. . . Memory

2730...儲存器件2730. . . Storage device

2740...輸入/輸出器件2740. . . Input/output device

2750...系統匯流排2750. . . System bus

圖1為演示一般元頻道用途之情境圖;Figure 1 is a contextual diagram showing the use of a general meta channel;

圖2圖解闡釋一元頻道系統;Figure 2 illustrates a unified channel system;

圖3至圖9、圖11、圖13、圖15、圖18至圖22、圖25及圖26為例示性程序之流程圖;3 to 9, FIG. 13, FIG. 13, FIG. 15, FIG. 18 to FIG. 22, FIG. 25 and FIG. 26 are flowcharts of an exemplary procedure;

圖10圖解闡釋用於提供輔助內容之一系統;Figure 10 illustrates a system for providing auxiliary content;

圖12及圖14圖解闡釋使用者介面;12 and 14 illustrate the user interface;

圖16為圖解闡釋一種使一媒體系統能夠顯現內容之程序的情境圖;16 is a context diagram illustrating a procedure for enabling a media system to visualize content;

圖17圖解闡釋一種用於顯現內容之系統;Figure 17 illustrates a system for visualizing content;

圖23A至圖23C為圖解闡釋下載內容以供使用一媒體系統觀看之情境圖;23A-23C are context diagrams illustrating the downloading of content for viewing using a media system;

圖24圖解闡釋一種用於下載內容之系統;Figure 24 illustrates a system for downloading content;

圖27圖解闡釋一種例示性電腦處理系統之組件;及相同元件符號始終表示相應部分。Figure 27 illustrates components of an exemplary computer processing system; and the same component symbols always indicate corresponding portions.

100...情境圖100. . . Situation map

102...使用者102. . . user

104...元頻道指南104. . . Meta Channel Guide

106...電視螢幕106. . . TV screen

107...遙控器107. . . remote control

108a...元頻道108a. . . Meta channel

108b...元頻道108b. . . Meta channel

108c...元頻道108c. . . Meta channel

108d...元頻道108d. . . Meta channel

108e...元頻道108e. . . Meta channel

108f...元頻道108f. . . Meta channel

108g...元頻道108g. . . Meta channel

110...第一內容輸入項110. . . First content entry

112...第二內容輸入項112. . . Second content entry

114...第三內容輸入項114. . . Third content entry

116...第四內容輸入項116. . . Fourth content entry

118...內容輸入項118. . . Content entry

120...內容輸入項120. . . Content entry

122...內容輸入項122. . . Content entry

124...內容輸入項124. . . Content entry

126...內容輸入項126. . . Content entry

128...內容輸入項128. . . Content entry

130...內容輸入項130. . . Content entry

132...內容輸入項132. . . Content entry

134...內容輸入項134. . . Content entry

136...內容輸入項136. . . Content entry

138...間隙138. . . gap

140...內容輸入項140. . . Content entry

142...內容輸入項142. . . Content entry

144...內容輸入項144. . . Content entry

146...內容輸入項146. . . Content entry

148...內容輸入項148. . . Content entry

150...內容輸入項150. . . Content entry

Claims (40)

一種基於元頻道資訊控制一媒體系統之方法,該方法包含:將定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於電子儲存器中,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之一次序,該多個元頻道至少包括一多源元頻道,該多源元頻道至少包括與由一第一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項;接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中之一元頻道之一選擇;自該電子儲存器存取對應於該選定元頻道之元頻道資訊;基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之一內容輸入項;及控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容。 A method for controlling a media system based on meta-channel information, the method comprising: storing meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels in an electronic storage, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content input items and indicating experiencing the content input items In one order, the plurality of meta-channels includes at least one multi-source channel, the multi-source channel including at least a first content input related to the first content broadcast by a first content provider at a specific time and a second content entry related to the second content obtainable via a network by a second content provider in response to the user request; the receiving pair is included in the plurality of meta channels defined by the meta channel information Selecting one of the one of the meta-channels; accessing the meta-channel information corresponding to the selected meta-channel from the electronic storage; the selection of the meta-channel based on the accessed meta-channel information corresponding to the selected meta-channel Mapping to a content entry defined by the selected meta channel; and controlling the media system to visualize the content based on the content entry mapped to the selected meta channel. 如請求項1之方法,其中:該選定元頻道為該多源元頻道;將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之該內容輸入項包含:將對該多源元頻道之該選擇映射至與由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播之第一內容有 關的該第一內容輸入項;且控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容包含:控制包括於該媒體系統中之一接收器,以接收由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播之該第一內容;及控制包括於該媒體系統中之一顯示器件,以顯現由該接收器接收之該第一內容之一顯示。 The method of claim 1, wherein: the selected meta channel is the multi-source channel; mapping the selection of the meta-channel to the content entry defined by the selected meta-channel comprises: the multi-source channel The selection is mapped to the first content broadcast by the first content provider at the particular time And the first content input item; and controlling the media system to visualize the content based on the content input item mapped to the selected meta channel comprises: controlling one of the receivers included in the media system to receive the first The first content broadcast by the content provider at the particular time; and controlling a display device included in the media system to visualize display of one of the first content received by the receiver. 如請求項2之方法,其進一步包含:偵測由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播的該第一內容之一結束;回應於偵測到由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播的該第一內容之該結束,將該第二內容輸入項識別為由該多源元頻道定義之該下一個內容輸入項;及回應於將該第二內容輸入項識別為由該多源元頻道定義之該下一個內容輸入項,無使用者干預自動地控制該媒體系統,以基於與由該第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由該網路獲得之第二內容有關的該第二內容輸入項來顯現內容。 The method of claim 2, further comprising: detecting the end of the first content broadcast by the first content provider at the specific time; in response to detecting that the first content provider is at the specific time Ending the first content of the broadcast, identifying the second content entry as the next content entry defined by the multi-source channel; and responding to identifying the second content entry as being by the multi-source The next content entry defined by the meta channel, the user control system automatically controls the media system based on the second content that is available via the network in response to the user request by the second content provider The second content entry is to present the content. 如請求項3之方法,其中無使用者干預自動地控制該媒體系統,以基於與由該第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由該網路獲得之第二內容有關的該第二內容輸入項來顯現內容包含:控制包括於該媒體系統中之一媒體配接器以向該第二內容提供者請求由該第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由該網路獲得之該第二內容; 回應於該請求,控制該媒體配接器以於該媒體配接器處及自該第二內容提供者接收該第二內容;及控制包括於該媒體系統中之該顯示器件以顯現由該媒體配接器接收之該第二內容之一顯示。 The method of claim 3, wherein the user system automatically controls the media system based on the second content related to the second content available via the network in response to the user request by the second content provider The second content entry to visualize the content includes: controlling one of the media adapters included in the media system to request the second content provider to respond to the user request by the second content provider to make the network accessible via the network Obtaining the second content; In response to the request, controlling the media adapter to receive the second content at the media adapter and from the second content provider; and controlling the display device included in the media system to visualize the media One of the second contents received by the adapter is displayed. 如請求項4之方法,其中:該多源元頻道包含至少包括一第一內容輸入項及一第二內容輸入項之一多源元頻道,該第一內容輸入項與由一電視內容提供者於該特定時間經由一電視網路在一特定電視頻道上廣播之電視視訊有關,且該第二內容輸入項與由一遠端伺服器回應於使用者請求而經由網際網路播送之網際網路視訊有關;控制包括於該媒體系統中之該接收器以接收由該第一內容提供者於該特定時間廣播之該第一內容包含:將該接收器調諧至該特定電視頻道;控制包括於該媒體系統中之該媒體配接器以向該第二內容提供者請求由該第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由該網路獲得之該第二內容包含:控制該媒體配接器以經由網際網路向該遠端伺服器請求由該遠端伺服器播送之該網際網路視訊;且控制該媒體配接器以於該媒體配接器處及自該第二內容提供者接收該第二內容包含:控制該媒體配接器以經由網際網路自該遠端伺服器下載該網際網路視訊且解碼該所下載之網際網路視訊。 The method of claim 4, wherein: the multi-source channel comprises a multi-source channel including at least a first content input item and a second content input item, the first content input item being associated with a television content provider Television video broadcast on a particular television channel via a television network at that particular time, and the second content entry is communicated to the Internet via the Internet via a remote server in response to a user request Video-related; controlling the receiver included in the media system to receive the first content broadcast by the first content provider at the particular time comprises: tuning the receiver to the particular television channel; control is included in the The media adapter in the media system requests the second content provider to respond to the user request by the second content provider to cause the second content available via the network to include: controlling the media adapter The device requests the remote server to transmit the internet video broadcast by the remote server via the internet; and controls the media adapter for the media adapter and the Receiving the second content by the second content provider includes controlling the media adapter to download the internet video from the remote server via the internet and decoding the downloaded internet video. 如請求項1之方法,其中: 接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中之該元頻道之該選擇包含:接收使用者輸入以自包括於該多個元頻道中之一第一元頻道切換至包括於該多個元頻道中之一第二元頻道;且控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容包含:識別包括於該媒體系統中之與當前由該第一元頻道定義之一第一內容輸入項有關的一第一內容源;識別包括於該媒體系統中之與當前由該第二元頻道定義之一第二內容輸入項有關的一第二內容源;判定該第一內容源是否不同於該第二內容源;及回應於判定該第一內容源不同於該第二內容源:控制包括於該媒體系統中之一輸出器件以將該輸出器件之一輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自該第一內容源之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自該第二內容源之內容的一第二設定;及控制該第二內容源以提供與當前由該第二元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項有關的該內容。 The method of claim 1, wherein: Receiving the selection of the meta-channel included in the plurality of meta-channels defined by the meta-channel information comprises: receiving user input to switch from being included in one of the plurality of meta-channels to include in a second meta channel of the plurality of meta channels; and controlling the media system to visualize the content based on the content input mapped to the selected meta channel: identifying and being included in the media system by the first The meta channel defines a first content source related to the first content input item; and identifies a second content source included in the media system related to the second content input item currently defined by the second meta channel; Determining whether the first content source is different from the second content source; and in response to determining that the first content source is different from the second content source: controlling one of the output devices included in the media system to one of the output devices The input source is configured to change a first setting of content from the first content source to a second setting configured to visualize content from the second content source; and control the second The content source providing content associated with the current contents of the second entry defined by the second element of the channel. 如請求項6之方法,其中控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容進一步包含:回應於判定該第一內容源係相同於該第二內容源:控制該輸出器件以維持該輸出器件之一輸入源設定;及控制該第一內容源以提供與當前由該第二元頻道定 義之該第二內容輸入項有關的該內容。 The method of claim 6, wherein controlling the media system to visualize the content based on the content input mapped to the selected meta-channel further comprises: in response to determining that the first content source is the same as the second content source: controlling the Outputting a device to maintain an input source setting of the output device; and controlling the first content source to provide and current by the second meta-channel The content related to the second content input. 如請求項6之方法,其中:識別與當前由該第一元頻道定義之該第一內容輸入項有關的該第一內容源包含:識別一電視接收器,其經組態以經由多個頻道自多個提供者接收廣播電視節目且基於對一特定頻道之使用者選擇輸出對應於經由該特定頻道廣播之電視節目的一第一視訊信號;識別與當前由該第二元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項有關的該第二內容源包含:識別一網際網路數位媒體配接器,其經組態以經由網際網路向播送網際網路視訊內容之一遠端視訊伺服器請求該網際網路視訊內容、經由網際網路自該遠端視訊伺服器下載該網際網路視訊內容且輸出對應於該自該遠端視訊伺服器下載的網際網路視訊內容之一第二視訊信號;控制該輸出器件以將該輸出器件之該輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自該第一內容源之內容的該第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自該第二內容源之內容的該第二設定包含:控制該輸出器件以將該輸出器件之該輸入源設定自經組態以顯現來自輸出自該接收器之該第一視訊信號之內容的一第一設定改變至經組態以顯現來自輸出自該網際網路數位媒體配接器之該第二數位信號之內容的一第二設定,且控制該第二內容源以提供與當前由該第二元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項有關的該內容包含:控制該網際網 路數位媒體配接器以使用該第二視訊信號提供與當前由該第二元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項有關的一網際網路視訊。 The method of claim 6, wherein: identifying the first content source related to the first content entry currently defined by the first meta channel comprises: identifying a television receiver configured to pass through a plurality of channels Receiving a broadcast television program from a plurality of providers and selecting, based on a user of a particular channel, a first video signal corresponding to a television program broadcast via the particular channel; identifying the first defined by the second meta channel The second content source associated with the two content inputs includes: identifying an internet digital media adapter configured to request the internet via one of the far end video servers of the broadcast internet content via the internet The video content, downloading the internet video content from the remote video server via the internet, and outputting a second video signal corresponding to one of the internet video content downloaded from the far end video server; controlling the Outputting the device to set the input source of the output device from the first configuration configured to visualize content from the first content source to be configured to appear The second setting from the content of the second content source includes: controlling the output device to set the input source of the output device from being configured to visualize content from the first video signal output from the receiver a first setting change to a second setting configured to visualize content from the second digit signal output from the internet digital media adapter, and controlling the second content source to provide The content related to the second content input defined by the second meta channel includes: controlling the internet The digital media adapter provides an internet video associated with the second content entry currently defined by the second meta-channel using the second video signal. 如請求項1之方法,其進一步包含:判定一後續內容輸入項係有關於在該後續內容輸入項定義該將體驗之廣播內容的一時間之前廣播的廣播內容;回應於該後續內容輸入項係有關於在該後續內容輸入項定義該將體驗之廣播內容的該時間之前廣播的廣播內容的該判定,控制該媒體系統以在廣播該廣播內容時記錄該廣播內容;及在該後續內容輸入項定義該將體驗之廣播內容的該時間無人為干預自動地控制該媒體系統以在選擇包括該後續內容輸入項之一元頻道時顯現該所記錄之內容。 The method of claim 1, further comprising: determining that a subsequent content input item is broadcast content that is broadcast prior to a time when the subsequent content input item defines the broadcast content to be experienced; and responding to the subsequent content input item system Regarding the determination of the broadcast content broadcasted before the time when the subsequent content input defines the broadcast content to be experienced, controlling the media system to record the broadcast content when the broadcast content is broadcast; and in the subsequent content input The time at which the broadcast content to be experienced is defined is uninterrupted to automatically control the media system to visualize the recorded content when one of the meta-channels including the subsequent content entry is selected. 如請求項1之方法,其中:該選定元頻道包括與由一第一內容提供者於一第一時間經由一第一廣播頻道廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者於一第二時間經由一第二廣播頻道廣播之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項,該第二內容輸入項在該選定元頻道中緊接在該第一內容輸入項之後;將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之該內容輸入項包含:將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至與由該第一內容提供者於該第一時間廣播之第一內容有關的 該第一內容輸入項;且控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容包含:控制包括於該媒體系統中之一接收器以接收由該第一內容提供者經由該第一廣播頻道廣播的該第一內容,且將由該第一內容提供者經由該第一廣播頻道廣播的該第一內容輸出至一顯示器件。 The method of claim 1, wherein: the selected meta-channel includes a first content input item associated with the first content broadcast by a first content provider via a first broadcast channel, and a second content input item related to the second content broadcast by the second content provider via a second broadcast channel, the second content input item is immediately adjacent to the first content input in the selected meta channel After the item; mapping the selection of the meta channel to the content entry defined by the selected meta channel comprises mapping the selection of the meta channel to and broadcasting by the first content provider at the first time Related to the first content The first content entry; and controlling the media system to visualize the content based on the content entry mapped to the selected meta channel comprises: controlling one of the receivers included in the media system to receive by the first content provider The first content broadcasted via the first broadcast channel, and the first content broadcast by the first content provider via the first broadcast channel is output to a display device. 如請求項10之方法,其進一步包含:偵測在該第二時間保持選擇該選定元頻道;及回應於偵測到在該第二時間保持選擇該選定元頻道,無使用者干預地自動控制該接收器以自該第一廣播頻道改變至該第二廣播頻道、接收由該第二內容提供者經由該第二廣播頻道廣播的該第二內容且將由該第二內容提供者經由該第二廣播頻道廣播的該第二內容輸出至該顯示器件。 The method of claim 10, further comprising: detecting to select the selected meta channel at the second time; and automatically controlling to select the selected meta channel at the second time, without user intervention The receiver changes from the first broadcast channel to the second broadcast channel, receives the second content broadcast by the second content provider via the second broadcast channel, and will be served by the second content provider via the second The second content broadcast by the broadcast channel is output to the display device. 如請求項1之方法,其中:接收對該元頻道之該選擇包含:自一特定使用者接收對該元頻道之該選擇;且基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之該內容輸入項包含:判定由該選定元頻道定義之該內容輸入項為映射至多個可能內容輸入項之一可動態組態之內容輸入項;存取該特定使用者之偏好;及基於該特定使用者之該等所存取之偏好自該多個可 能內容輸入項中選擇該可動態組態之內容輸入項之一單一內容輸入項。 The method of claim 1, wherein: receiving the selection of the meta-channel comprises: receiving the selection of the meta-channel from a particular user; and based on the accessed meta-channel information corresponding to the selected meta-channel Mapping the selection of the meta-channel to the content entry defined by the selected meta-channel comprises determining that the content entry defined by the selected meta-channel is dynamically mapped to one of a plurality of possible content inputs a content entry; a preference for accessing the particular user; and a preference based on the particular user's access to the plurality of A single content entry of the dynamically configurable content entry can be selected in the content entry. 如請求項1之方法,其中:接收對該元頻道之該選擇包含:自一特定使用者接收對一可動態組態之元頻道之一選擇;且基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊,將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之該內容輸入項包含:判定該可動態組態之元頻道定義至少兩個內容輸入項,該至少兩個內容輸入項之次序係可動態地組態;存取該特定使用者之偏好;基於該特定使用者之該等所存取之偏好判定該至少兩個內容輸入項之一次序;基於該所判定之次序,自該至少兩個內容輸入項中選擇該可動態組態之元頻道之對應於當接收到該選擇時的一時間之一單一內容輸入項。 The method of claim 1, wherein: receiving the selection of the meta-channel comprises: receiving a selection of a dynamically configurable meta-channel from a particular user; and based on the stored corresponding to the selected meta-channel Taking the meta channel information, mapping the selection of the meta channel to the content input item defined by the selected meta channel comprises: determining that the dynamically configurable meta channel defines at least two content input items, the at least two The order of the content input items is dynamically configurable; accessing the preferences of the particular user; determining the order of the at least two content input items based on the accessed preferences of the particular user; based on the determined In the order of selecting, the dynamically configurable meta-channel from the at least two content inputs corresponds to a single content entry at a time when the selection is received. 如請求項13之方法,其進一步包含:使用該所判定次序定義何時將體驗未選擇的該至少兩個內容輸入項;及控制該媒體系統以基於在使用該所判定次序定義之一後續時間未選擇的該至少兩個內容輸入項來顯現內容。 The method of claim 13, further comprising: using the determined order to define when the at least two content inputs that are not selected are to be experienced; and controlling the media system to be based on a subsequent time in the use of the determined order definition The at least two content inputs are selected to visualize the content. 如請求項1之方法,其中該選定元頻道包括定義一內容相關事件之一內容中斷,該內容中斷在被偵測到時觸發對應於該內容相關事件之內容對當前由該媒體系統顯現 之內容的代替,該方法進一步包含:在由該選定元頻道定義之內容之顯現期間,偵測由該內容中斷定義之該內容相關事件;回應於偵測到該內容相關事件,識別對應於該內容相關事件之內容;控制該媒體系統以自顯現由該選定元頻道定義之該內容改變至顯現對應於該內容相關事件之該內容;偵測對應於該內容相關事件之該內容的完成;及控制該媒體系統以恢復顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。 The method of claim 1, wherein the selected meta-channel comprises a content interruption defining one of the content-related events, the content interruption triggering the content corresponding to the content-related event to be currently presented by the media system when detected Substituting the content, the method further comprises: detecting, during the presentation of the content defined by the selected meta-channel, the content-related event defined by the content interruption; in response to detecting the content-related event, identifying the corresponding Content of the content-related event; controlling the media system to change the content defined by the selected meta-channel to present the content corresponding to the content-related event; detecting the completion of the content corresponding to the content-related event; The media system is controlled to resume rendering the content defined by the selected meta channel. 如請求項15之方法,其中偵測由該內容中斷定義之該內容相關事件包含:偵測由該內容中斷定義的一特定類型之一網際網路視訊已於網際網路上發布。 The method of claim 15, wherein detecting the content-related event defined by the content interruption comprises detecting that one of the specific types of Internet video defined by the content interruption has been published on the Internet. 如請求項15之方法,其中偵測由該內容中斷定義之該內容相關事件包含:偵測由該內容中斷定義之一特定事件出現在不同於當前由該選定元頻道定義之內容的廣播內容中。 The method of claim 15, wherein detecting the content-related event defined by the content interruption comprises: detecting that a specific event defined by the content interruption occurs in a broadcast content different from content currently defined by the selected meta channel . 如請求項1之方法,其中控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容包含:使一遙控器將控制一源器件以接收該內容且將該內容提供至一輸出器件之一第一信號發送至該源器件;及使該遙控器將控制該輸出器件以輸入且顯現由該源器件提供的該內容之一第二信號發送至該輸出器件。 The method of claim 1, wherein the media system is controlled to visualize content based on the content input mapped to the selected meta-channel: causing a remote control to control a source device to receive the content and provide the content to a A first signal of the output device is sent to the source device; and causing the remote control to control the output device to input and visualize a second signal of the content provided by the source device to the output device. 如請求項1之方法,其中控制該媒體系統以基於映射至 該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容包含:經由一網路使用一第一通信協定發送用於一遙控器之經組態以本端地控制該媒體系統之一控制命令;經由該網路於該遙控器處接收該控制命令;及基於接收到該控制命令,使用該遙控器且使用不同於該第一通信協定之一第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項定義之內容的一信號發送至該媒體系統。 The method of claim 1, wherein the media system is controlled to be mapped based on The content entry of the selected meta-channel to visualize content includes: transmitting, via a network, a first communication protocol for configuring a remote control to locally control a control command of the media system; via the network Receiving the control command at the remote controller; and based on receiving the control command, using the remote controller and using a second communication protocol different from the first communication protocol will cause the media system output to be mapped to the selected element A signal of the content of the content entry definition of the channel is sent to the media system. 如請求項19之方法,其中映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項為一第一內容輸入項,且該控制命令為一第一控制命令,該方法進一步包含:判定由該選定元頻道定義之該第一內容輸入項何時結束及由該選定元頻道定義之一第二內容輸入項何時開始,該第二內容輸入項定義由不同於由該第一內容輸入項定義之該內容之一源的一內容源提供之內容;回應於由該選定元頻道定義之第一內容輸入項已結束且由該選定元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項正開始之一判定,經由該網路使用該第一通信協定發送用於該遙控器之一第二控制命令,該第二控制命令為用以顯現由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一命令;經由該網路於該遙控器處接收該第二控制命令;及基於接收到該第二控制命令,使用該遙控器且使用該第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由與該第二內容輸入 項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一信號發送至該媒體系統。 The method of claim 19, wherein the content input item mapped to the selected meta channel is a first content input item, and the control command is a first control command, the method further comprising: determining that the selected meta channel is defined When the first content entry ends and when the second content entry is defined by the selected meta channel, the second content entry definition is derived from a source different from the content defined by the first content entry Content provided by a content source; in response to determining that the first content entry defined by the selected meta channel has ended and the second content entry defined by the selected meta channel is beginning, using the network Transmitting, by the first communication protocol, a second control command for the remote control, the second control command being a command to visualize content provided by the content source associated with the second content input item; via the network Receiving the second control command at the remote controller; and based on receiving the second control command, using the remote controller and using the second communication protocol to cause the media system to output Input to the second content One of the content provided by the item associated with the item is signaled to the media system. 如請求項1之方法,其進一步包含:自一遙控器接收基於一使用者對該遙控器之操縱而選擇一特定頻道號碼之一選擇命令;自各自與一特定使用者相關聯之多個遙控器中識別自其接收該選擇命令的該遙控器;基於對該遙控器之該識別,判定與該遙控器相關聯之一使用者之一識別碼;及基於該使用者之該所判定識別碼,將來自該選擇命令之該特定頻道號碼映射至對應於與該遙控器相關聯之該使用者之該特定頻道號碼的一元頻道,其中該特定頻道號碼映射至與該多個遙控器中之另一者相關聯之至少一使用者的一不同頻道。 The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving, from a remote controller, selecting one of a specific channel number selection command based on a user manipulation of the remote controller; and selecting a plurality of remote controls associated with a specific user Identifying the remote controller from which the selection command is received; determining, based on the identification of the remote controller, an identification code of one of the users associated with the remote controller; and determining the identification code based on the user Mapping the particular channel number from the selection command to a meta-channel corresponding to the particular channel number of the user associated with the remote control, wherein the particular channel number is mapped to another of the plurality of remote controls A different channel of at least one user associated with one. 一種媒體系統,其包含:至少一電子儲存器件,其經組態以儲存定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之一次序,該多個元頻道至少包括一多源元頻道,該多源元頻道至少包括與由一第一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項;及至少一處理器,其經組態以執行包含以下各者之操 作:接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中之一元頻道之一選擇;自該電子儲存器件存取對應於該選定元頻道之元頻道資訊;基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之一內容輸入項;及控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容。 A media system comprising: at least one electronic storage device configured to store meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content input items and indicating an order in which the content input items are experienced, The plurality of meta-channels includes at least one multi-source channel, the multi-source channel including at least a first content input item related to the first content broadcast by a first content provider at a specific time a second content input item related to the second content available via a network in response to the user request; and at least one processor configured to perform the operation including the following Receiving: receiving, by one of the plurality of meta-channels defined by the meta-channel information, selecting one of the plurality of meta-channels; accessing, from the electronic storage device, meta-channel information corresponding to the selected meta-channel; based on the selected element The accessed meta channel information of the channel maps the selection of the meta channel to a content entry defined by the selected meta channel; and controls the media system to be based on the content entry mapped to the selected meta channel To visualize the content. 如請求項22之媒體系統,其進一步包含:一元頻道伺服器系統;及一遙控器,其經組態以本端地控制該媒體系統,其中控制該媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項來顯現內容係由該元頻道伺服器系統及該遙控器執行,該元頻道伺服器系統經組態以經由一網路使用一第一通信協定發送用於該遙控器之一控制命令,且該遙控器經組態以經由該網路接收該控制命令,且基於接收到該控制命令,使用不同於該第一通信協定之一第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項定義之內容的一信號發送至該媒體系統。 The media system of claim 22, further comprising: a one-way channel server system; and a remote controller configured to centrally control the media system, wherein the media system is controlled to be mapped to the selected meta-channel The content entry to visualize content is performed by the meta channel server system and the remote control, the meta channel server system configured to transmit for control of one of the remote controls via a network using a first communication protocol Commanding, and the remote controller is configured to receive the control command via the network, and based on receiving the control command, using a second communication protocol different from the first one of the first communication protocols will cause the media system output to be mapped to A signal of the content of the selected meta channel defining the content entry is sent to the media system. 如請求項23之媒體系統,其中: 映射至該選定元頻道之該內容輸入項為一第一內容輸入項,且該控制命令為一第一控制命令,該元頻道伺服器系統經組態以:判定由該選定元頻道定義之該第一內容輸入項何時結束及由該選定元頻道定義之一第二內容輸入項何時開始,該第二內容輸入項定義由不同於由該第一內容輸入項定義之該內容之一源的一內容源提供之內容;且回應於由該選定元頻道定義之第一內容輸入項已結束且由該選定元頻道定義之該第二內容輸入項正開始之一判定,經由該網路使用該第一通信協定發送用於該遙控器之一第二控制命令,該第二控制命令為用以顯現由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一命令;且該遙控器經組態以:經由該網路接收該第二控制命令,且基於接收到該第二控制命令,使用該第二通信協定將使該媒體系統輸出由與該第二內容輸入項相關聯之該內容源提供的內容之一信號發送至該媒體系統。 The media system of claim 23, wherein: The content entry mapped to the selected meta channel is a first content entry, and the control command is a first control command, the meta channel server system configured to: determine the definition defined by the selected meta channel When the first content entry ends and when the second content entry is defined by the selected meta channel, the second content entry defines a source different from the source of the content defined by the first content entry Content provided by the content source; and in response to determining that the first content entry defined by the selected meta channel has ended and the second content entry defined by the selected meta channel is beginning, using the network a communication protocol transmitting a second control command for the remote control, the second control command being a command to visualize content provided by the content source associated with the second content input item; and the remote control Configuring to: receive the second control command via the network, and based on receiving the second control command, using the second communication protocol to cause the media system output to be output by the second content One signal of the content item associated with the content providing source is sent to the media system. 如請求項22之媒體系統,其進一步包含:一元頻道伺服器系統;及多個遙控器,其各自經組態以本端地控制該媒體系統且各自與一特定使用者相關聯,其中該元頻道伺服器系統經組態以:自一遙控器接收基於一使用者對該遙控器之操縱而選擇一特定頻道號碼之一選擇命令;自該多個遙控器中識別自其接收該選擇命令的該遙控器;基於對該遙控器之該識別,判定與該 遙控器相關聯之一使用者之一識別碼;及基於該使用者之該所判定識別碼,將來自該選擇命令之該特定頻道號碼映射至對應於與該遙控器相關聯之該使用者之該特定頻道號碼的一元頻道,其中該特定頻道號碼映射至與該多個遙控器中之另一者相關聯之至少一使用者的一不同頻道。 The media system of claim 22, further comprising: a one-way channel server system; and a plurality of remote controls each configured to centrally control the media system and each associated with a particular user, wherein the element The channel server system is configured to: receive a selection command from a remote controller based on a user's manipulation of the remote controller to select a particular channel number; identify from the plurality of remote controllers that the selection command is received therefrom The remote controller; based on the identification of the remote controller, determining An identification code of one of the users associated with the remote controller; and mapping the particular channel number from the selection command to the user associated with the remote controller based on the determined identification code of the user A meta-channel of the particular channel number, wherein the particular channel number is mapped to a different channel of at least one user associated with the other of the plurality of remote controls. 至少一種電腦可讀儲存媒體,編碼有包含指令之至少一電腦程式,該等指令在執行時操作以使一電腦執行包含以下各者之操作:將定義識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之一次序的多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於電子儲存器中,該多個元頻道至少包括一多源元頻道,該多源元頻道至少包括與由一第一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之第一內容有關的一第一內容輸入項及與由一第二內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之第二內容有關的一第二內容輸入項;接收對包括於由該元頻道資訊定義之該多個元頻道中之一元頻道之一選擇;自該電子儲存器存取對應於該選定元頻道之元頻道資訊;基於對應於該選定元頻道之該所存取之元頻道資訊將對該元頻道之該選擇映射至由該選定元頻道定義之一內容輸入項;及控制一媒體系統以基於映射至該選定元頻道之該內容 輸入項顯現內容。 At least one computer readable storage medium encoded with at least one computer program containing instructions that, when executed, operate to cause a computer to perform operations comprising: identifying an identification content entry and instructing experiencing the content input The meta-channel information of the plurality of meta-channels in one of the items is stored in the electronic storage, the plurality of meta-channels including at least one multi-source channel, the multi-source channel including at least one of the first content providers a first content input item related to the first content broadcasted at a specific time; and a second content input item related to the second content obtainable via a network by a second content provider in response to the user request; Receiving a selection of one of a plurality of meta-channels included in the plurality of meta-channels defined by the meta-channel information; accessing meta-channel information corresponding to the selected meta-channel from the electronic storage; based on corresponding to the selected meta-channel The accessed meta channel information maps the selection of the meta channel to a content entry defined by the selected meta channel; and controls a media system based on Shot to the content of the selected channel of yuan The entry shows the content. 一種使一媒體系統能夠顯現內容之方法,該方法包含:將定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊儲存於第一電子儲存器中,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之一次序;自儲存於該第一電子儲存器中之該元頻道資訊存取對應於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於一特定時間範圍定義之內容的內容輸入項;該等所存取之內容輸入項包括與由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之一第一類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項及與由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之一第二類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項;基於該等所存取之內容輸入項,識別由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容之一類型;基於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容的該經識別類型,選擇該多個元頻道之一子集,元頻道之該選定子集各自對於該特定時間範圍定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的該第二類型之內容;將由包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義的該內容之一經解碼版本儲存於與一使用者之一媒體系統相關聯之第二電子儲存器中;及回應於由該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間對包括於元 頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之一者的選擇,控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。 A method for enabling a media system to visualize content, the method comprising: storing meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels in a first electronic storage, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content input items and indicating experiencing the content input One of the items; the meta-channel information access stored in the first electronic storage corresponds to a content entry of content defined by each of the plurality of meta-channels for a particular time range; The accessed content input item includes at least one content input item related to one of the first type of content broadcast by a content provider at a specific time and is enabled by a content provider to respond to the user request Obtaining, by the network, at least one content input related to the content of the second type; identifying, based on the accessed content input items, content defined by the each of the plurality of meta channels for the specific time range a type; selecting a subset of the plurality of meta-channels based on the identified type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range, Each of the selected subsets of the track defines, for the particular time range, the content of the second type that is obtainable by a content provider in response to the user request via a network; to be included in the selected subset of the meta channel Each of the meta-channels is stored in a second electronic storage associated with a media system of a user for a decoded version of the content defined for the particular time range; and in response to being The specific time range period is included in the element Selecting one of the meta-channels in the selected subset of channels to control the media system to use the content stored in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user The decoded version shows the content defined by the selected meta channel. 如請求項27之方法,其中控制該媒體系統包含控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容,藉此使用該經解碼版本使用於切換至該選定元頻道之一頻道切換時間能夠與用於切換至定義由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播的該第一類型之內容之一元頻道之一頻道切換時間相當。 The method of claim 27, wherein controlling the media system comprises controlling the media system to use the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage to visualize content defined by the selected meta-channel, thereby using the The channel switching time used by the decoded version for switching to the selected meta channel can be equivalent to switching the channel switching time to one of the meta channels defining the first type of content broadcast by a content provider at a particular time. 如請求項27之方法,其中:控制該媒體系統包含控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容,藉此使用該經解碼版本使用於切換至該選定元頻道之一頻道切換時間能夠小於半秒;且控制該媒體系統以不使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容導致大於半秒之用於切換至該選定元頻道之一頻道切換時間。 The method of claim 27, wherein: controlling the media system includes controlling the media system to use the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage to visualize content defined by the selected meta channel, thereby using The decoded version can be used to switch to the selected meta channel. The channel switching time can be less than half a second; and controlling the media system to appear without using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage The content of the selected meta channel definition results in a channel switching time for switching to one of the selected meta channels for more than half a second. 如請求項27之方法,其中控制該媒體系統包含:最初使用儲存於該第二電子儲存器中的該內容之該經解碼版本以顯現由該選定元頻道定義之該內容;觸發用以顯現不同於由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之 該經解碼版本之一原始版本之一程序,用以顯現由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本的該程序開始顯現該內容的延遲長於最初使用該內容之該經解碼版本開始顯現該內容之延遲;及當由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本準備好顯現時,自使用該內容之該經解碼版本轉變至使用該內容之該原始版本。 The method of claim 27, wherein controlling the media system comprises: initially using the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage to visualize the content defined by the selected meta-channel; triggering to reveal a different For the content defined by the selected meta channel a program of one of the original versions of the decoded version, the program for rendering the original version of the content defined by the selected meta-channel begins to render the content with a delay that is longer than the originally decoded version of the content a delay in content; and when the original version of the content defined by the selected meta channel is ready to appear, transitioning from using the decoded version of the content to using the original version of the content. 如請求項30之方法,其中自使用該內容之該經解碼版本轉變至使用該內容之該原始版本包含:識別使用該內容之該經解碼版本已顯現的內容之一量;識別該內容之該原始版本中之對應於使用該內容之該經解碼版本已顯現的內容之該量之一轉變點;及在該轉變點開始使用該內容之該原始版本以使得能夠自該內容之該經解碼版本平滑地轉變至該內容之該原始版本。 The method of claim 30, wherein the transition from using the decoded version of the content to using the original version of the content comprises: identifying an amount of content that has been rendered using the decoded version of the content; identifying the content a transition point in the original version corresponding to the amount of content that has been rendered using the decoded version of the content; and the original version of the content is used at the transition point to enable the decoded version of the content Smoothly transition to the original version of the content. 如請求項30之方法,其中觸發用以顯現不同於由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該經解碼版本之該原始版本之該程序包含:使用一視訊編解碼器解碼由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本。 The method of claim 30, wherein the triggering of the program to render the original version of the decoded version different from the content defined by the selected meta-channel comprises: decoding using a video codec defined by the selected meta-channel The original version of the content. 如請求項32之方法,其中觸發用以顯現不同於由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該經解碼版本之該原始版本之該程序進一步包含:經由一網路將一請求發送至播送由該選定元頻道定義 之該內容之該原始版本的一內容提供者;及經由該網路自該內容提供者下載由該選定元頻道定義之該內容之該原始版本。 The method of claim 32, wherein the triggering the program to render the original version of the decoded version different from the content defined by the selected meta-channel further comprises: transmitting a request to the broadcast via the network Selected meta channel definition a content provider of the original version of the content; and downloading the original version of the content defined by the selected meta channel from the content provider via the network. 如請求項27之方法,其中選擇該多個元頻道之該子集包含:識別該多個元頻道,其對於該特定時間範圍定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的該第二類型之內容,且對於該多個元頻道,開始顯現由該元頻道定義之內容而不將該內容之一經解碼版本儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中所需的一時間超過一臨限時間;對於該等經識別元頻道中之每一者,判定需要儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中的內容之一量,以使得能夠無內容顯現之一間斷地自使用該內容之一經解碼版本轉變至使用該內容之一原始版本;判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器是否具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的能力;取決於判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的該能力,選擇所有該等經識別元頻道作為該多個元頻道之該子集;及取決於判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二 電子儲存器不具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的該能力,選擇該等經識別元頻道之一子集作為該多個元頻道之該子集。 The method of claim 27, wherein the selecting the subset of the plurality of meta-channels comprises: identifying the plurality of meta-channels, the definition of the specific time range being responded to by a content provider by a content provider, such that The second type of content obtained by the way, and for the plurality of meta channels, starting to visualize the content defined by the meta channel without storing the decoded version of one of the content in the media system associated with the user The time required in the second electronic storage exceeds a threshold time; for each of the identified meta-channels, the determination needs to be stored in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user One of the contents of the device to enable one of the contentless presentations to be intermittently transitioned from using the decoded version of one of the content to using the original version of the content; determining the first associated with the media system of the user Whether the two electronic storages have the ability to store the content of the determined amount of each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range; depending on the determination and the The second electronic storage associated with the media system has the ability to store the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range, selecting all of the identified a meta channel as the subset of the plurality of meta channels; and depending on determining the second associated with the media system of the user The electronic storage does not have the ability to store the determined amount of content of each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range, selecting a subset of the identified meta-channels as the plurality of elements This subset of channels. 如請求項34之方法,其中判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器是否具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的該能力包含:判定該等經識別元頻道的內容之該量是否超過與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器中的一可用儲存量。 The method of claim 34, wherein determining whether the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user has the determination to store each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range The ability to determine the content of the quantity includes determining whether the amount of content of the identified meta-channels exceeds an available storage amount in the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user. 如請求項34之方法,其中判定與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器是否具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的該能力包含:判定至該特定時間範圍之一開始為止剩餘的一時間量是否超過該媒體系統下載、解碼及儲存該等經識別元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容所需的一時間量。 The method of claim 34, wherein determining whether the second electronic storage associated with the media system of the user has the determination to store each of the identified meta-channels prior to the particular time range The capability of the content of the quantity includes: determining whether a remaining amount of time until the beginning of one of the specific time ranges exceeds the determined amount of the media system downloading, decoding, and storing each of the identified meta-channels The amount of time required for the content. 如請求項34之方法,其中選擇該等經識別元頻道之該子集作為該多個元頻道之該子集包含:識別該等經識別元頻道之組合,對於該等組合,與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器具有在該特定時間範圍之前儲存包括於該組合中之該等元頻道中之每一者的該所判定量之內容的該能力;及自該等經識別組合中選擇該等經識別元頻道之包括最 多數目個頻道之一組合。 The method of claim 34, wherein the selecting the subset of the identified meta-channels as the subset of the plurality of meta-channels comprises: identifying a combination of the identified meta-channels, for the combination, with the user The second electronic storage associated with the media system has the ability to store the determined amount of content of each of the meta-channels included in the combination prior to the particular time range; Selecting the identified meta-channels among the identified combinations A combination of one of a number of channels. 如請求項34之方法,其中選擇該等經識別元頻道之該子集作為該多個元頻道之該子集包含:存取指示該使用者在類似於該特定時間範圍的過去時間範圍期間已體驗之內容之一或多個類別的歷史觀看模式;比較由該等經識別元頻道中之每一者定義之該內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式;基於由該等經識別元頻道中之每一者定義之該內容與該等所存取之歷史觀看模式之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間主要體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集;及選擇該等經識別元頻道之該所判定子集。 The method of claim 34, wherein the selecting the subset of the identified meta-channels as the subset of the plurality of meta-channels comprises: accessing the user during a past time range similar to the particular time range a historical viewing mode of one or more categories of content; comparing the content defined by each of the identified meta-channels with the historical viewing mode accessed; based on the identified meta-channels Comparing the content defined by each of the content to the historical viewing mode accessed by the user, determining a subset of the identified meta-channels that the user primarily experiences during the particular time range; and selecting the The determined subset of the meta-channel is identified. 如請求項34之方法,其中選擇該等經識別元頻道之該子集作為該多個元頻道之該子集包含:判定該使用者在選擇時所體驗之一元頻道;存取識別該使用者在體驗該使用者在該選擇時所體驗之該元頻道之後通常選擇的一或多個元頻道之資訊;比較該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道;基於該所存取之資訊與該等經識別元頻道之該比較,判定該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間最可能體驗的該等經識別元頻道之一子集;及選擇該等經識別元頻道之該所判定子集。 The method of claim 34, wherein the selecting the subset of the identified meta-channels as the subset of the plurality of meta-channels comprises: determining one of the meta-channels experienced by the user when selecting; accessing the user Information of one or more meta-channels that are typically selected after experiencing the meta-channel experienced by the user at the time of the selection; comparing the accessed information with the identified meta-channels; based on the accessed information Comparing with the identified meta-channels, determining a subset of the identified meta-channels that the user is most likely to experience during the particular time range; and selecting the determined subset of the identified meta-channels . 一種媒體系統,其包含: 一第一電子儲存器件,其經組態以儲存定義多個元頻道之元頻道資訊,該多個元頻道識別內容輸入項且指示體驗該等內容輸入項之一次序;一第二電子儲存器件,其與一使用者之該媒體系統相關聯;及至少一處理器,其經組態以執行包含以下各者之操作:自儲存於該第一電子儲存器件中之該元頻道資訊存取對應於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於一特定時間範圍定義之內容的內容輸入項,該等所存取之內容輸入項包括與由一內容提供者於一特定時間廣播之一第一類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項及與由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得之一第二類型之內容有關的至少一內容輸入項;基於該等所存取之內容輸入項,識別由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容之一類型;基於由該多個元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義之內容的該經識別類型,選擇該多個元頻道之一子集,元頻道之該選定子集各自對於該特定時間範圍定義由一內容提供者回應於使用者請求而使得可經由一網路獲得的該第二類型之內容;將由包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之每一者對於該特定時間範圍定義的該內容之一經解 碼版本儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器件中;及回應於由該使用者在該特定時間範圍期間對包括於元頻道之該選定子集中之該等元頻道中之一者的選擇,控制該媒體系統以使用儲存於與該使用者之該媒體系統相關聯之該第二電子儲存器件中的該內容之該經解碼版本顯現由該選定元頻道定義之內容。A media system comprising: a first electronic storage device configured to store meta-channel information defining a plurality of meta-channels, the plurality of meta-channels identifying content input items and indicating an order of experiencing one of the content input items; a second electronic storage device Corresponding to the media system of a user; and at least one processor configured to perform an operation comprising: accessing the meta-channel information from the first electronic storage device The content input item accessed by the content defined by each of the plurality of meta-channels for a specific time range includes the first one of the content items accessed by a content provider at a specific time. At least one content input item related to the content of the type and at least one content input item related to content obtained by a content provider in response to the user request to obtain a second type of content via a network; Taking a content entry identifying a type of content defined by the each of the plurality of meta-channels for the particular time range; based on each of the plurality of meta-channels Determining the identified type of the content of the time range definition, selecting a subset of the plurality of meta-channels, the selected subset of the meta-channels being individually enabled for the particular time range by a content provider in response to the user request The second type of content obtained via a network; one of the content defined by the each of the meta-channels included in the selected subset of the meta-channel for the particular time range The code version is stored in the second electronic storage device associated with the media system of the user; and in response to the user being selected by the user during the particular time range for the selected subset included in the meta channel Selecting one of the channels, controlling the media system to use the decoded version of the content stored in the second electronic storage device associated with the media system of the user to appear as defined by the selected meta channel content.
TW099103435A 2009-02-05 2010-02-04 Meta channel based media system control technology TWI552609B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/366,372 US8726310B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2009-02-05 Meta channel media system control and advertisement technology
US12/366,350 US8402497B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2009-02-05 Meta channel network-based content download technology
US12/366,394 US8375409B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2009-02-05 Meta channel based media system control technology
US12/366,337 US8458746B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2009-02-05 Meta channel caching and instant viewing related technology

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201130308A TW201130308A (en) 2011-09-01
TWI552609B true TWI552609B (en) 2016-10-01

Family

ID=42542366

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099103435A TWI552609B (en) 2009-02-05 2010-02-04 Meta channel based media system control technology

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN102388621B (en)
TW (1) TWI552609B (en)
WO (1) WO2010091089A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013097232A1 (en) 2011-12-31 2013-07-04 Intel Corporation Content-based control system
CN102625160B (en) * 2012-03-31 2014-08-27 深圳市爱美家电子科技有限公司 Card-swiping payment and management method and system for remote controller of digital television system
US8782285B1 (en) 2013-12-06 2014-07-15 Limelight Networks, Inc. Lazy transcoding and re-transcoding of media objects in an online video platform
TWI489889B (en) 2012-12-28 2015-06-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Method and system for controlling flow of content delivery network and peer to peer network
US9210207B2 (en) * 2014-02-13 2015-12-08 Ericsson Ab Time-sensitive content manipulation in adaptive streaming buffer
US9779468B2 (en) * 2015-08-03 2017-10-03 Apple Inc. Method for chaining media processing
CN107577494B (en) * 2017-08-30 2020-12-22 微梦创科网络科技(中国)有限公司 Method and device for image-text live broadcast based on multi-process competition
CN112243589A (en) * 2018-12-20 2021-01-19 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Receiving device and receiving method, transmitting and receiving system and method executed by transmitting and receiving system, video playing device and video playing method
CN109919664A (en) * 2019-01-18 2019-06-21 武汉倍思凯尔信息技术有限公司 The method, equipment and storage equipment of wardrobe advertisement are intelligently received in a kind of long-range control
WO2021206708A1 (en) * 2020-04-08 2021-10-14 Google Llc System and methods to reduce acknowledgement requests in broadcast transmission networks
CN114301887B (en) * 2021-12-27 2023-12-12 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Audio content playing method and audio content playing device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6523696B1 (en) * 1996-10-15 2003-02-25 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Communication control device for realizing uniform service providing environment
US6642938B1 (en) * 2000-03-17 2003-11-04 At&T Corp. Real time personal channel
US20070220575A1 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-09-20 Verimatrix, Inc. Movie studio-based network distribution system and method
US20080082562A1 (en) * 2004-11-04 2008-04-03 Rooney Sean G System and method for tracking notifications in a publish subscribe system
US20080092168A1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2008-04-17 Logan James D Audio and video program recording, editing and playback systems using metadata
US20080117339A1 (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-05-22 Comcast Cable Holdings, Llc Remote control based content control

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6505348B1 (en) * 1998-07-29 2003-01-07 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US7346649B1 (en) * 2000-05-31 2008-03-18 Wong Alexander Y Method and apparatus for network content distribution using a personal server approach
US8751672B2 (en) * 2006-06-21 2014-06-10 Verizon Data Services Llc Personal video channels

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6523696B1 (en) * 1996-10-15 2003-02-25 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Communication control device for realizing uniform service providing environment
US20080092168A1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2008-04-17 Logan James D Audio and video program recording, editing and playback systems using metadata
US6642938B1 (en) * 2000-03-17 2003-11-04 At&T Corp. Real time personal channel
US20080082562A1 (en) * 2004-11-04 2008-04-03 Rooney Sean G System and method for tracking notifications in a publish subscribe system
US20070220575A1 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-09-20 Verimatrix, Inc. Movie studio-based network distribution system and method
US20080117339A1 (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-05-22 Comcast Cable Holdings, Llc Remote control based content control

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201130308A (en) 2011-09-01
CN102388621A (en) 2012-03-21
WO2010091089A1 (en) 2010-08-12
CN102388621B (en) 2016-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9451295B2 (en) Meta channel media system control and advertisement technology
US8769582B2 (en) Meta channel based media system control technology
TWI552609B (en) Meta channel based media system control technology
US8601512B2 (en) Meta channel network-based content download technology
US9137565B1 (en) Meta channel caching and instant viewing related technology
US9804668B2 (en) Systems and methods for rapid content switching to provide a linear TV experience using streaming content distribution
US10591984B2 (en) Systems and methods for rapid content switching to provide a linear TV experience using streaming content distribution
US9800923B2 (en) Systems and methods for recording content from a different source when previous content runs over
US20130347029A1 (en) Systems and methods for navigating to content without an advertisement
US20210203574A1 (en) Systems and methods for improving quality of service while streaming code-agnostic content
WO2010119686A1 (en) Electronic notification device and electronic notification method
US10848833B2 (en) Systems and methods for enabling a user to start a scheduled program over by retrieving the same program from a non-linear source
JP2010063185A (en) System and method for accessing media program option based on program segment interest
JP2004140584A (en) Content delivering/reproducing system, advertisement content inserting method, and client terminal
US20130347035A1 (en) Systems and methods for navigating to a favorite content source without an advertisement
JP2010016534A (en) Content receiving and reproducing method device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees